Skip to main content

Full text of "The migrations of birds"

See other formats


^ 


,*^'"  ^ 


The  zyxtigrations  of^irds 


LONDON  :  HUMPHREY  MILFORD 

OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 


Figure  i 

Wooden  image  of  swallow  used  in  Macedonia  as  an  emblem  of  spring 
(After  Keller.) 


1/^ 


THE  MIGRATIONS 
OF  BIRDS 


BY 


ALEXANDER  WETMORE 

ASSISTANT  SECRETARY,  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 
FELLOW,  AMERICAN  ORNITHOLOGISTS'  UNION 


CAMBRIDGE 
HARVARD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

1927 


COPYRIGHT,  1926 

BY  THE  PRESIDENT  AND  FELLOWS  OF 

HARVARD  COLLEGE 

Second  impression 


PRINTED  AT  THE  HARVARD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 
CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.S.A. 


PREFACE 

THE  observations  on  the  migration  of  birds  pre- 
sented in  the  following  pages  were  delivered  in 
six  lectures  before  the  Lowell  Institute  in  Boston  on 
October  26  and  28,  and  November  2,  4,  16  and  18, 
1925.  The  manuscript  as  here  published  is  un- 
changed except  for  the  inclusion  of  a  few  para- 
graphs that  time  did  not  permit  to  be  presented 
during  the  course  of  the  lectures. 

The  material  included  is  based  on  study  and  ob- 
servation on  the  part  of  the  author  during  a  period 
of  more  than  twenty  years.  It  is  intended  as  a  sum- 
mary of  present  knowledge  of  migration,  with  the 
various  factors  that  affect  it  in  its  broader  aspects, 
without  entering  upon  precise  statistics  of  move- 
ment for  the  many  species  involved.  Such  figures 
may  be  left  for  treatises  of  another  character. 

After  careful  consideration  of  the  subject  the 
writer  is  profoundly  impressed  by  the  mass  of  detail 
regarding  the  movements  of  birds  that  has  been 
assembled  and  the  little  that  has  been  definitely 
ascertained  regarding  the  underlying  principles  that 
control  migration.  There  is  much  that  remains  to  be 
established  in  this  phase  of  the  subject. 

In  conclusion  the  author  desires  to  express  appre- 
ciation to  the  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey,  United 


vi  PREFACE 

States  Department  of  Agriculture,  for  permission  to 
reproduce  plates  from  its  publications,  and  to  the 
Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, for  the  privilege  of  reprinting  a  map  by  Mr. 
H.  S.  Swarth  to  show  the  distribution  of  fox  spar- 
rows. Mr.  Gregory  Mathews,  the  well-known  au- 
thority on  Australian  birds,  has  read  the  sections 
dealing  with  Australia,  and  I  am  indebted  to  other 
friends  for  suggestions. 


Alexander  Wetmore 


Washington,  D.  C. 
May  I,  1926. 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  I 

Introduction 3 

Historical  Account 4 

Theories  of  Migration 15 

Superstitious  Beliefs 15 

Scientific  Hypotheses  of  Migration 21 


CHAPTER  II 

Nocturnal  and  Diurnal  Migration 39 

Altitudes  at  which  Migrating  Birds  Travel  ...  46 

Weather  and  Migration 52 

Speed  of  Flight  in  Birds 58 

The  Sense  of  Direction  in  Birds 62 


CHAPTER  III 

Regularity  of  Migration 73 

Segregation  during  Migration 79 

Migration  Among  Supposedly  Resident  Birds  .    .  84 

Irregular  or  Vagrant  Migration 89 

Casual  Records 99 

CHAPTER  IV 

Altitudinal  or  Vertical  Migration 106 

Rapidity  of  Migration  Movement      no 

Distances  Travelled  by  Migrants 115 

Mortality  Among  Migrant  Birds 121 


9  Q  o  o  Q 


viii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  V 

General  Observations  on  Lines  of  Migratory 
Flight 134 

CHAPTER  VI 

Migration  Among  Shore-birds 165 

The  Seasonal  Flight  of  Ducks 180 

The  Migrations  of  Some  Other  Birds 195 

Conclusion 217 


The  zyXCigraiions  of^irds 


CHAPTER  I 
Introduction 

THE  regular  movements  of  birds  during  their 
migratory  flights  between  their  summer  and 
winter  homes  are  among  the  striking  natural  phe- 
nomena of  the  temperate  regions  of  the  earth  that 
attract  almost  universal  attention.  Lines  of  geese, 
ducks,  or  cranes  crossing  the  sky  stir  the  heart  of 
civilized  and  savage  man  alike,  and  in  all  quarters 
are  greeted  as  indicators  of  changing  season.  The 
return  of  robins  to  our  lawns,  almost  as  soon  as  the 
ground  is  bare  in  spring,  or  the  cheerful  warblings  of 
the  bluebird  from  roadside  fences,  are  events  re- 
corded in  speech  and  in  the  press,  and  are  greeted 
with  pleasure  as  the  vanguard  of  advance  against 
winter.  The  country  dweller  in  Europe,  Africa, 
Argentina,  or  Australia  welcomes  a  swallow  as  the 
certain  harbinger  of  warmer  weather,  and  rejoices 
accordingly.  Movements  among  nomadic  peoples, 
migratory  themselves  in  one  sense  of  the  word,  have 
been  controlled  by  the  flights  of  birds.  Savage 
tribes  have  named  months  for  birds  that  regularly 
appear  during  their  course;  and  migratory  flights  of 


4  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

different  species  in  former  times  were  used  as  omens, 
a  custom  that  prevails  to-day  in  certain  sections  of 
the  earth. 

Historical  Account 

Historical  allusions  to  the  migratory  flights  of 
birds  are  innumerable,  and  we  may  suppose  that 
these  regular  movements  have  been  observed  by 
man  and  correlated  with  the  change  of  season  since 
the  Pleistocene.  On  turning  to  the  Bible,  we  find  in 
the  Old  Testament  what  is  considered  the  earliest 
definite  written  reference  to  migration  when  Job 
(XXXIX,  26)  remarks:  "Doth  the  hawk  fly  by  thy 
wisdom,  and  stretch  her  wings  toward  the  south?" 
Jeremiah  (VIII,  7),  in  an  exhortation  to  Judah,  is 
more  explicit  in  the  statement,  "Yea,  the  stork  in 
the  heaven  knoweth  her  appointed  times;  and  the 
turtle  and  the  crane  and  the  swallow  observe  the 
time  of  their  coming."  The  Israelites  wandering  in 
Sinai  were  saved  from  starvation  when  "at  even  the 
quails  came  up  and  covered  the  camp"  {Exodus ^ 
XVI,  13) ;  and  again,  a  year  later,  when  "  there  went 
forth  a  wind  from  the  Lord,  and  brought  quails  from 
the  sea."  {Numbers  XI,  31.)  Canon  Tristram  has 
calculated  that  this  occurred  in  spring  when  migra- 
tory quail  were  in  flight  to  the  north  from  their 
winter  home  in  Africa.  Further,  he  has  indicated 
the  date  as  in  the  month  of  April,  about  1580  b.  c. 


HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT  5 

which,  if  authentic,  would  seem  to  be  our  earliest 
definite  migration  record. 

Apparently  quails  came  in  tremendous  abun- 
dance, since  it  is  stated  in  the  book  oi Numbers  (XI, 
32),  that  "the  people  stood  up  all  that  day  and  all 
that  night,  and  all  the  next  day,  and  they  gathered 
the  quails:  he  that  gathered  least  gathered  ten 
homers."  Hugh  Gladstone '  informs  us  that  the 
capacity  of  the  unit  of  measure  called  the  homer  has 
been  estimated  variously  at  from  48  to  80  gallons. 
He  assumes  that  600  men  (said  to  be  the  number  of 
heads  of  households  or  "tent-holders"  that  took 
part  in  the  exodus)  were  engaged  in  the  capture  of 
birds;  on  these  data  the  Israelites  during  thirty-six 
hours  may  have  taken  over  9,000,000  quails! 

Persians  and  Arabs  formed  part  of  their  calendar 
en  data  taken  from  the  movements  of  birds,  and, 
with  other  ancient  peoples,  celebrated  with  song  and 
festival  the  return  of  spring  as  marked  by  the  arrival 
of  migrants.  In  Macedonia  to-day,  on  the  first  of 
March,  children  pass  from  house  to  house  carrying 
the  figure  of  a  swallow  carved  from  wood,  while  they 
sing  that  the  swallow  comes  and  with  it  spring. 
(See  Fig.  i .) 

The  Chippeway  and  various  tribes  of  Plains 
Indians,  transposing  cause  and  eflFect,  believed  that 
the  bluebird  (in  this  case  the  Arctic  bluebird)  bore 

^  Record  Bags  and  Shooting  Records  (1922),  pp.  59,  60. 


6  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

summer  to  them  on  its  azure  wings,  and  they  noted 
its  arrival  with  appropriate  pleasure.  The  Eskimo 
of  the  lower  Yukon  call  the  season  comprising  the 
latter  part  of  March  and  the  first  days  of  April  "the 
coming  of  the  birds,"  and  the  succeeding  period, 
embracing  a  portion  of  April  and  May,  "the  arrival 
of  the  geese."  South  of  the  Yukon  Delta,  October  is 
known  as  "the  month  of  the  flying  away,"  because 
of  the  departure  of  birds. 

In  the  vast  Chaco  of  Paraguay,  when  the  north- 
ward flight  of  shore-birds  starts  these  voyagers  on 
their  long  journey  from  their  winter  homes  in  South 
America  to  their  breeding  grounds  near  the  Arctic 
Circle,  the  Anguete  and  Lengua  Indians,  hunting 
tribes  governed  in  their  movements  by  the  availabil- 
ity of  water  and  the  presence  of  game,  resort  to  cer- 
tain river  channels  where,  from  the  shelter  of  low 
sand-banks,  they  waylay  passing  sandpipers  and 
kill  them  in  quantity  with  throw-sticks  of  light 
wood  hurtled  through  the  closely  flying  flocks. 

In  the  writings  of  Homer,  we  find  reference  to  the 
flight  of  cranes  at  the  approach  of  winter,  and  the 
gathering  at  that  season  of  hordes  of  aquatic  birds 
on  the  marshes  of  Asiatic  rivers.  To  Hesiod,  in  the 
eighth  century  before  Christ,  the  cries  of  the  crane 
were  a  summons  to  the  laborer  to  plough  his  land, 
while  Herodotus  (about  525  b.  c.)  supposed  that 
the  hawks  he  saw  must  have  come  from  some  distant 


HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT  7 

land.  Anacreon  sings  of  the  return  of  the  swallow  in 
spring  to  its  nesting-place. 

Aristotle,  the  first  to  discourse  fully  on  migration, 
in  his  writings  on  natural  history,  gives  definite 
accounts  of  a  number  of  migrant  birds.  He  tells  us 
that  the  crane  flies  from  the  steppes  of  Scythia  to  the 
marshlands  at  the  source  of  the  Nile,  south  of  Egypt; 
that  pelicans  migrate,  as  do  the  quails,  the  rock-dove, 
and  the  turtle-dove,  though  of  the  last  three  a  few 
may  linger  during  cold  weather  in  protected  locali- 
ties. The  swan,  the  land-rail,  and  the  lesser  goose 
likewise  pass  toward  warmer  regions,  while  the 
cuckoo  goes  away  in  July  about  the  time  that  Sirius 
the  Dog-star  rises.  Pliny,  the  Roman,  in  his  His- 
toria  Naturalis,  written  in  the  earliest  years  of  the 
Christian  era,  in  treating  of  migration  repeats 
much  of  what  has  been  said  by  Aristotle,  but  adds 
that  blackbirds  (in  this  case  the  common  thrush  of 
Europe),  thrushes,  and  starlings  pass  to  neighboring 
countries;  the  ring-dove  also  is  migratory  to  an 
unknown  winter  home,  as  are  the  storks  and  cranes, 
which  he  believes  go  to  a  great  distance. 

The  few  known  writings  during  the  Dark  Ages 
that  pertain  to  natural  history,  which  include  the 
Bestiaries,  accounts  of  hawking  or  falconry',  and  a 
few  other  scattered  manuscripts,  contain  little  that 

^  The  peregrine  falcon  {Falco  peregrinus)  was  so  called  by  falconers 
because  it  was  secured  when  grown  as  a  "pilgrim"  or  migrant,  and 
was  not  taken  from  the  nest  when  young  as  were  other  hawks  used 
in  hunting. 


8  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

refers  to  migration  except  casual  mention  of  species 
of  birds  that  we  know  to  be  migratory.  Matthew 
Paris,  monk  of  St.  Albans,  in  a  manuscript  pre- 
served at  Corpus  Christi  College,  Cambridge,  in  the 
year  1251  wrote  of  an  invasion  of  crossbills,  and 
referred  to  them  as  birds  never  before  seen  in  Eng- 
land. Chaucer,  in  the  fourteenth  century,  des- 
cribed the  field-fare,  a  species  of  thrush,  as  "frosty," 
in  allusion  to  its  presence  in  England  only  during 
winter. 

Glaus  Magnus,  Archbishop  of  Upsala,  in  1555 
speaks  of  the  flights  of  swallows,  Francis  Willoughby 
in  his  Ornithology  published  in  1678,  mentions  vari- 
ous migratory  birds;  and  the  writings  of  Gilbert 
White,  Thomas  Pennant,  and  George  Edwards  in 
the  succeeding  century  carry  much  of  interest  on 
this  subject.  These  men  in  fact  kept  regular  records 
of  arrival  and  departure.  The  observations  of  George 
Edwards  on  the  migration  of  birds  were  collected  in 
his  Essays  upon  Natural  History^  published  in  Lon- 
don in  1770;  while  in  1780  appeared  a  Discourse  on 
the  Emigration  of  British  Birds,  printed  anony- 
mously, but  since  attributed  to  John  Legg,  a  nat- 
uralist previously  unknown. 

From  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century 
records  of  arrival  and  departure  of  migratory  birds 
were  gathered  by  many  observant  naturalists  in  the 
northern  hemisphere,  and  the  mass  of  data  increased 
in  bulk  yearly. 


HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT  9 

Dr.  MiddendorfF,  in  1855  published  a  summary  of 
migration  records  for  the  Russian  Empire,  in  which 
he  attempted  to  trace  isepipteses^  or  Hnes  of  simul- 
taneous arrival,  for  individuals  of  the  same  species.' 
Professor  Palmen,  in  1874,^  outlined  many  supposed 
routes  of  migration  in  Europe,  which  led  to  con- 
troversy on  the  subject  with  von  Homeyer,  who 
combated  some  of  his  views.  SeverzofF,^  in  1880, 
prepared  a  similar  treatise  covering  central  Asia, 
and  Menzbier  ^  wrote  of  routes  of  travel  for  Eastern 
Europe. 

Bibliographical  material  dealing  with  the  subject 
after  1880  is  so  voluminous  that  space  permits  bare 
mention  of  only  a  few  authors.  Among  the  most 
famous  records  of  migratorial  phenomena  are  the 
observations  of  Heinrich  Gatke,  covering  fifty 
years  intensive  study  on  the  little  island  of  Heligo- 
land standing  solitary  in  the  North  Sea.  These 
records,  published  first  in  German,  were  in  1895 
translated  into  English,^  and  stand  as  a  classic  on 
the  subject.  Though  modern  naturalists  do  not  hold 
with  some  of  Gatke's  theories,  his  account  is  rich  in 

^  Die  Isepiptesen  Russlands.  Grundlagen  zur  Erforschung  der  Zug- 
zeiten  und  Zugrichtungen  der  Vogel  Russlands.   St.  Petersburg,  1855. 

'  Im  Foglarnes  Flyttningvdgar.  Helsingfors,  1 874. 

3  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Imperiah  des  Naturalistes  de  Moscou  (1880), 
pp.  234-287. 

<  Ibid.  (1886),  pp.  291-369. 

s  Heligoland  as  an  Ornithological  Observatory.  Edinburgh,  1895; 
pp.  i-xii,  1-599. 


lo  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

valuable  information.  Wallace  and  Newton  in  turn 
wrote  upon  migration,  followed  by  Charles  Dixon, 
and  by  W.  E.  Clarke  whose  two  volumes'  sum- 
marize observations  begun  as  a  member  of  a  special 
committee  on  Bird  Migration,  of  the  British  Asso- 
ciation for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  and  con- 
tinued at  length  after  preparation  of  the  reports  that 
cover  the  voluminous  data  assembled  by  that  com- 
mittee. The  Hungarian,  German,  French,  and  a 
number  of  other  ornithological  organizations  have 
been  responsible  for  cooperative  efforts  leading  to 
the  assembling  of  much  information,  which  has  been 
published  in  a  long  series  of  papers. 

The  phenomena  of  bird  migration  were  so  evi- 
dent to  early  colonists  on  the  eastern  coasts  of 
North  xAmerica  that  notes  on  the  movements  of 
birds  found  a  natural  place  in  many  accounts  that 
touch  on  the  indigenous  life  of  the  region.  Water- 
fowl swarmed  in  rivers  and  marshes  in  such  numbers 
that  their  migratory  movements  forced  themselves 
on  attention,  aside  from  the  regular  appearance  and 
disappearance  of  smaller  birds  that  came  in  friendly 
fashion  about  the  crude  homes  of  the  pioneers.  There 
were  in  addition,  in  those  days,  great  flights  of  the 
passenger  pigeon,  which  illustrated  migration  move- 
ment of  maximum  magnitude. 

Data  on  the  migration  of  North  American  birds 

*  Studies  in  Bird  Migration.   London,  191 2,  1  vols. 


HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT  ii 

were  early  summarized  by  Spencer  Fullerton  Baird, 
writing  in  the  American  Journal  of  Science  in  1866/ 
and  from  that  time  increased  steadily  in  volume 
year  by  year.  Tremendous  impetus  was  given  this 
branch  of  ornithology  by  the  formation  of  the  Amer- 
ican Ornithologists'  Union.  At  its  first  congress, 
held  in  New  York  City  in  September,  1883,  there 
was  appointed  a  committee  on  the  Migration  of 
Birds,  with  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam  of  Locust  Grove, 
New  York,  as  chairman.  This  committee  began 
active  work  immediately  and  during  its  first  year, 
through  a  corps  of  observers  scattered  through  the 
eastern  half  of  the  continent,  assembled  many  data. 
It  was  realized  within  a  year  that  financial  assistance 
would  be  required  to  handle  the  rapidly  growing 
work,  which  led  to  a  petition  to  Congress  by  the 
Council  of  the  Union,  and  resulted  in  the  appropria- 
tion of  five  thousand  dollars  for  a  Division  of  Eco- 
nomic Ornithology  under  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  estabHshed  July  i,  1885, 
with  Dr.  Merriam  as  Chief.  Though  the  scope  of 
the  work  undertaken  by  the  new  division  rapidly 
broadened  into  the  present  Biological  Survey,  study 
of  the  migration  of  birds  continued  to  receive  its  due 
measure  of  attention.  Professor  Wells  W.  Cooke, 
who  had  organized  cooperative  observation  in  the 

^  "The  Distribution  and  Migrations  of  North  American  Birds"; 
Amer.  Journ.  Set.  ser.  2,  vol.  xli  (1866),  pp.  78-90, 184-192,  337-347» 


12  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Mississippi  Valley  in  1881,  and  whose  endeavors 
were  incorporated  with  those  of  the  A.  O.  U.  Com- 
mittee on  its  formation  in  1883,  became  associated 
early  with  the  work  under  government  auspices,  and 
continued  these  investigations  until  his  death  in 
1 91 6.  As  a  result  of  his  endeavors  augmented  by  the 
efforts  of  others,  there  has  been  amassed  in  Wash- 
ington the  most  comprehensive  mass  of  data  on  the 
subject  ever  brought  together,  much  of  which  Pro- 
fessor Cooke  summarized  in  his  many  publications 
dealing  with  the  subject. 

Literature  of  the  past  fifty  years  dealing  with 
migratory  movement  in  birds  is  truly  enormous  and 
must  be  left  without  further  comment.  It  remains 
to  notice  briefly  the  growth  of  bird-banding  as  ap- 
plied to  this  study.  Sporadic  attempts  to  mark  in- 
dividual birds  so  that  they  might  be  identified  later 
began  over  one  hundred  and  twenty  years  ago,  and 
have  ranged  from  tiny  bells,  bits  of  colored  yarn, 
marks  made  with  indelible  inks  or  paint  on  certain 
feathers,  metal  disks  glued  to  the  wing  or  tail 
feathers,  plain  rings  of  wire  and  celluloid,  and  strips 
of  metal  on  which  were  stamped  texts  from  the 
scriptures,  to  bands  of  aluminum  marked  with  a 
serial  number  and  the  name  and  address  of  the  per- 
son or  organization  responsible.  Lincoln  has  called 
attention  to  a  great  gray  heron  {Ardea  cinered)  cap- 
tured in  Germany  in  17 10,  which  carried  on  the 


HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT  13 

tarsus  several  metal  rings,  one  of  which  is  stated  to 
have  been  placed  on  the  bird  in  Turkey  several 
years  earlier.  This  seems  to  be  the  first  recorded  use 
in  bird-marking  of  a  metal  ring  placed  on  the  tarsus. 
Sporadic  records  of  birds  marked  in  various  ways 
occur  in  literature  at  random,  but  scientific  use  of 
this  method  did  not  begin  until  1899,  when  C.  C. 
Mortensen  in  Denmark  began  systematically  to 
band  storks,  teal,  starlings,  and  other  birds.  The 
results  to  be  obtained  from  this  method  were  so 
obvious  that  it  became  popular  almost  at  once,  so 
that  by  1914  eighteen  or  twenty  distinct  projects  for 
the  marking  of  birds  were  in  progress  or  in  contem- 
plation in  Europe.  The  work  was  checked  in  part  by 
the  World  War,  but  is  now  again  in  full  progress.  In 
the  United  States  early  attempts  at  banding  birds, 
fostered  in  part  by  Dr.  L.  J.  Cole,  crystallized  in 
1909  in  the  organization  of  the  American  Bird-Band- 
ing Association,  conducted  from  191 1  until  1920  by 
the  Linnaean  Society  of  New  York,  and  then  taken 
over  by  the  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey,  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture.  Under 
the  present  organization  bands  are  issued  to  mem- 
bers, who  report  to  W^ashington,  with  all  necessary 
data,  the  birds  on  which  they  are  placed.  The  work 
is  regularly  advertised  through  the  press  so  that  the 
bands  are  often  recognized  when  found,  or,  if  not, 
the  finder  usually  has  sufficient  interest  or  curiosity 


14  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

to  notify  the  Biological  Survey  to  learn  the  source  of 
the  marker.  In  this  way  many  thousands  of  bands 
have  been  used,  and  returns  have  come  from  many 
hundreds.  At  the  present  time  the  work  of  bird- 
banding  has  become  so  widespread  and  popular  that 
four  regional  associations  of  interested  persons  have 
been  formed  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  to 
consolidate  the  work  by  geographic  areas. 

During  development  of  this  work  attempts  at 
banding  birds  were  directed  first  mainly  to  the 
marking  of  nestlings,  but  in  the  last  few  years  this 
has  been  supplemented  and  largely  replaced  by  the 
use  of  traps  for  the  capture  of  grown  individuals. 
The  marking  of  nestlings,  while  fruitful,  has  many 
disappointments,  since  mortality  among  young 
birds  during  the  fledgling  period,  before  they  are 
sufficiently  alert  to  escape  their  many  enemies,  is 
so  heavy  that  many  bands  are  wasted.  Trapping 
methods  at  present  used  were  developed  early  by 
Mr.  S.  P.  Baldwin,  and  have  attained  a  high  degree 
of  efficiency.  The  trap  is  especially  valuable  since  it 
does  not  injure  the  bird  and  enables  consecutive 
records  of  the  same  individual.  The  method  has 
been  extended  until  now  trapping  devices  are  made 
for  the  capture  of  species  of  the  most  diverse  form 
and  habit. 

The  great  value  of  bird-banding  to  the  student  of 
migration  lies  in  the  data  that  it  affords  on  the  move- 


HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT  15 

ments  of  individual  birds,  as  contrasted  with  mass 
observation  of  a  species  as  a  whole.  This  modern 
development  of  the  study  while  still  in  its  infancy- 
has  already  yielded  highly  valuable  results,  and  will 
be  steadily  productive  of  new  information  that  will 
aid  in  the  solution  of  many  problems. 

Theories  of  Migration 

Superstitious  Beliefs 

The  migratory  movements  of  larger  birds,  evident 
in  their  accomplishment,  were  understood  by  the  lay 
mind  with  comparative  ease;  but  to  account  for  the 
travels  of  smaller  species,  which  appeared  or  disap- 
peared between  suns,  was  a  matter  of  greater  diffi- 
culty. In  1740,  J.  G.  Gmelin  was  assured  by  the 
Tartars  of  Krasnojarsk,  and  the  Assanians,  in 
Siberia,  that  each  crane  carried  a  corn  crake  on  its 
back  to  some  warmer  land.  In  southern  Europe  the 
peasants  hold  that  the  smaller  birds  congregate  on 
the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  where  they 
await  suitable  opportunity  for  passage  to  Africa  on 
the  commodious  pinions  of  storks  and  cranes  —  a 
superstition  further  correlated  with  the  belief  of  the 
Egyptian  laborer  that  these  great  birds  on  their 
journeys  carry  a  living  freight  of  their  smaller  com- 
panions. 


i6  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Somewhat  more  startling  is  a  theory  of  migration 
elaborated  in  an  anonymous  treatise  published  in 
London  in  1703,  "By  a  Person  of  Learning  and 
Piety,"  entitled  in  part  An  Essay  I'owards  the  Prob- 
able Solution  of  this  Question:  Whence  come  the  Stork 
and  the  T!urtle^  the  Crane  and  the  Swallow^  when  they 
know  and  Observe  the  appointed  time  of  their  Coming. 
This  author  in  a  wordy  statement  announces  his 
belief  that  migratory  birds,  on  leaving  England,  go 
direct  to  the  moon,  where  they  pass  the  winter  sea- 
son —  truly  an  outstanding  expression  of  faith  in 
the  power  of  flight  of  dehcate  creatures  which,  ac- 
cording to  others,  are  not  able  to  span  the  moderate 
expanse  of  one  of  the  seas !  To  continue,  this  tract 
sets  forth  that  the  journey  may  require  sixty  days, 
during  which  the  voyagers  may  have  no  need  of  food 
in  the  rarefied  ether  through  which  they  pass,  or  may 
subsist  on  their  stored-up  body  supplies  of  fat  as 
"bears  are  said  to  live  upon  their  summer  fat  all  the 
winter  long  in  Greenland."  The  matter  of  restful 
sleep  is  easily  arranged  since,  as  they  fly  "where 
they  have  no  objects  to  divert  them,  [they]  may 
shut  their  eyes,  and  so  swing  on  fast  asleep."  The 
tract  continues  that  as  the  moon  is  not  a  stationary 
body,  if  birds  leave  at  the  time  of  full  moon  they 
may  fly  directly  in  a  straight  line  upward,  and  at  the 
end  of  the  allotted  sixty  days  the  moon  will  again  be 
full  and  at  the  proper  location  in  the  heavens  to 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  17 

receive  them.  The  author  concludes  with  the  sage 
remark  that  "if  the  Moon  will  not  be  allowed,  some 
other  place  must  be  found  out  for  them"  —  a  state- 
ment that  we  may  accept,  and  that  we  may  hope  to 
confirm  in  the  course  of  the  pages  to  follow. 

In  early  times,  disappearance  of  certain  birds  was 
attributed  to  hibernation,  in  which  they  passed  into 
a  torpid  state  and  remained  thus  through  the  season 
of  cold,  hidden  in  caves  or  hollow  trees,  or  embedded 
in  the  mud  at  the  bottom  of  streams,  ponds,  or 
marshes.  The  theory  of  hibernation  seems  to  find 
its  first  expression  more  than  three  hundred  years 
before  Christ,  in  the  writings  of  Aristotle,  where  it  is 
stated  that  some  or  all  individuals  of  the  swallow, 
kite,  stork,  ouzel,  turtle-dove,  lark,  and  a  number 
of  other  species  become  torpid  during  winter.  Al- 
though in  early  times  related  of  many  species,  this 
bizarre  custom  was  attributed  later  mainly  to  swal- 
lows, swifts,  and,  in  the  United  States,  to  the  sora 
rail;  and  prolonged  and  learned  were  the  discussions 
setting  forth  the  merits  of  both  sides  of  the  case;  so 
that  Coues  in  1878  cited  more  than  175  titles  dealing 
directly  with  hibernation  in  swallows  alone.  One 
early  writer  published  several  treatises  on  the  sub- 
ject, under  the  pseudonym  of  "Philochelidon^" 

The  sora  rail  frequented  marshes  in  abundance 
until  between  suns  it  suddenly  disappeared.    This 

^  Thomas  Foster,  an  author  who  wrote  on  othersubjects  than  birds. 


i8  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

strange  trait  was  explained  by  the  statement  that 
overnight  the  birds  had  turned  to  frogs  or  had  sunk 
in  the  mud.  Naturalists  gravely  related  seeing 
swallows  congregate  on  reeds  until  their  weight  bent 
down  the  slender  support  and  the  birds  were  sub- 
merged beneath  the  water.  Glaus  Magnus  wrote 
that  fishermen  often  found  swallows  fastened  in 
bunches  in  the  mud  of  marshes,  and  gave  an  illustra- 
tion depicting  two  men  drawing  a  net  filled  with 
mingled  swallows  and  fishes.   (See  fig.  2.) 

During  the  eighteenth  and  early  part  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  this  question  was  argued  with  es- 
pecial vigor,  and  many  instances  in  which  hiberna- 
tion was  alleged  were  brought  forward.  Men  re- 
ported seeing  swallows  fly  into  the  water,  or  told  of 
torpid  individuals  drawn  up  in  seines.  It  is  related 
in  Williams's  History  of  Vermont ,  published  in  1794, 
that  about  the  year  1760  a  torpid  swallow  was  dug 
from  a  depth  of  two  feet  in  the  salt  marsh  on  the 
banks  of  the  Charles  River  at  Cambridge,  Mass- 
achusetts, during  the  latter  part  of  February,  and 
that  this  bird  revived  in  half  an  hour!  Several 
papers  on  the  subject  were  read  before  the  French 
Academy,  and  the  Royal  Society  in  London,  and 
John  Hunter,  the  anatomist,  as  an  experiment,  one 
autumn  shut  several  swallows  in  an  outhouse,  with 
tubs  of  water  floored  with  mud  in  which  rushes  had 
been  planted,  with  death  to  the  birds  by  starvation 


Figure  2 

Fishermen  drawing  nets  with  a  mixed  catch  of  fishes  and  hibernating  swallows. 
Taken  from  Olaus  Magnus.    (After  Eagle  Clarke.) 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  19 

as  the  only  result.  Those  to  whom  the  theory  of 
submersion  in  marshes  did  not  appeal  stated  that 
swallows  and  swifts  remained  in  a  torpid  state  in 
hollow  trees  or  clefts  in  rocks;  and  numerous  per- 
sons in  our  own  country  have  related  with  great  cir- 
cumstance the  finding  of  such  birds,  the  manner  of 
their  reviving,  and  their  subsequent  death  if  not 
permitted  to  resume  their  slumbers.  Even  the  cau- 
tious Coues  apparently  was  inclined  to  place  a  cer- 
tain amount  of  behef  in  hibernation,  mainly  since  in 
his  day  the  chimney  swift  disappeared  in  the 
autumn  to  some  unknown  place. 

As  final  comment,  attention  may  be  drawn  to  the 
fact  that  hibernation,  or  its  correlate  aestivation,  is 
of  common  occurrence  among  mammals,  reptiles, 
and  amphibians,  and  even  among  fishes,  if  we  accept 
the  burrowing  of  lung-fishes  and  of  some  forms  of 
minnows  in  moist  mud  during  periods  of  drought  as 
related  to  the  phenomenon  under  consideration.  It 
is  strange  indeed,  therefore,  that  hibernation  in 
birds  has  never  yet  been  scientifically  proved  in 
spite  of  the  many  cases  that  have  been  claimed.  The 
frequent  connection  of  this  superstition  with  swal- 
lows is  probably  explained  by  the  fact  that  these  birds 
regularly  resort  to  growths  of  rushes  in  marshes  and 
swamps  for  roosts  and  shelter  during  late  summer 
and  autumn,  and  that  during  storms  many  perish, 
and  fall  into  the  mud  and  water,  but  never  revive 
on  the  approach  of  more  clement  weather. 


20  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

There  may  be  mentioned  here  also  a  transmuta- 
tion theory  held  in  early  centuries  which  supposed 
the  change  of  one  species  to  another  at  the  coming  of 
cold  and  the  assumption  of  proper  form  with  return 
of  summer.  This  again  may  be  traced  to  Aristotle, 
who  propounded  the  belief  that  the  redbreast,  or 
European  robin,  changed  to  the  redstart,  a  species  of 
similar  size  but  different  color,  since  the  latter  was 
present  in  winter  and  the  former  in  summer.  Simi- 
larly he  informs  us  that  the  beccafico^  possibly  the 
garden  warbler,  became  the  blackcap,  a  related 
species,  and  that  at  the  proper  seasons  birds  in 
transition  between  the  two  could  be  observed. 
Pliny  repeated  these  tales,  and  later  in  popular  be- 
lief they  were  still  further  embroidered  by  the  al- 
leged transformation  of  certain  marsh  birds  to 
frogs.  In  our  own  country  this  shift  from  warm- 
blooded bird  to  cold-blooded  amphibian  has  been 
attributed  in  many  quarters  to  the  sora  rail,  which 
migrates  by  night  so  that  its  departure  is  unseen. 

All  these  beliefs,  which  seem  strange  and  curious 
to  modern  vision,  arose  in  the  attempt  of  the  human 
mind  to  explain  observations  which  demonstrated 
conclusively  that  many  birds  were  present  one  day 
and  had  vanished  on  the  one  that  followed,  while 
their  return  came  in  a  fashion  equally  mysterious. 
With  recognition  of  nocturnal  flight  as  fact,  such 
stories  lost  credence  immediately,  save  in  the  case  of 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  21 

hibernation,  which  has  been  alleged  sporadically  to 
account  for  various  circumstances  at  the  time  not 
fully  understood. 

Scientific  Hypotheses  of  Migration 

With  the  migration  of  birds  recognized  as  a  regu- 
lar accompaniment  of  the  changing  seasons,  there 
arises  for  consideration  the  manner  in  which  migra- 
tion had  its  origin,  and  the  reasons  that  lie  behind 
its  continuation  —  matters  still  of  considerable 
dispute.  The  various  theories  that  have  been  ad- 
vanced may  be  outlined  briefly. 

The  most  commonly  accepted  explanation  of  the 
seasonal  movement  of  birds  is  that  of  shifting  food- 
supply.  Failure  of  food  in  northern  areas  in  autumn 
forces  certain  birds  to  travel;  it  is  only  in  a  southerly 
direction  that  amelioration  of  the  unfavorable  con- 
dition is  encountered,  so  that  the  birds  affected  move 
south  to  an  area  where  food  is  abundant.  With  the 
coming  of  spring  the  need  for  reproduction  to  per- 
petuate the  species  becomes  paramount.  The  food- 
supply  of  the  southern  regions  to  which  these  birds 
have  migrated  does  not  permit  the  easy  support  of 
the  host  of  young  that  must  be  reared  to  perpetuate 
each  species,  so  that  the  individuals  that  have  come 
from  the  north  press  out  in  that  direction  until  they 
arrive  at  a  suitable  spot  for  settlement  for  the  breed- 
ing season. 


22  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

But  little  different  is  the  theory  that  migration  is 
due  to  changes  in  temperature  through  which,  with 
the  colder  air  of  autumn  warning  of  the  approaching 
extremes  of  winter,  birds  pass  south,  to  return  when 
the  season  has  changed  again,  so  that  a  period  of 
warmth  is  approaching.  In  this  hypothesis  some 
have  held  that  the  migratory  birds  originated  in  the 
north,  were  driven  south  by  the  advance  of  ice  in  the 
Pleistocene,  and  have  returned  to  the  north  with  the 
coming  of  milder  conditions.  A  love  of  birthplace 
calls  them  now  each  year  to  return  to  the  natal  home. 
Observation  shows,  however,  that  many  birds  re- 
main a  very  brief  period  on  the  breeding-ground,  — 
merely  long  enough  to  permit  the  rearing  of  young, 
—  and  then  immediately  begin  the  return  journey 
south,  —  so  that  the  period  spent  in  the  northern 
home  is  short.  Many  in  fact  return  south  long  be- 
fore there  is  need  for  them  to  do  so;  so  that  the  argu- 
ment of  love  of  birthplace  hardly  seems  substan- 
tiated. 

According  to  a  somewhat  different  hypothesis,  all 
species  have  arisen  in  the  south  and  have  spread  to 
the  north  through  the  natural  impact  of  individual 
upon  individual  in  the  struggle  for  existence;  that 
this  pressure  is  at  its  highest  point  during  the  period 
of  reproduction,  so  that  individuals  then  must  fare 
afield  to  find  space  in  which  their  families  may  be 
reared,  and  that  with  this  duty  accomplished  they 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  23 

may  withdraw  once  more  to  their  ancient  home. 
According  to  this  conception  migrant  birds  retire  in 
autumn  to  the  original  home,  and  there  remain  for 
the  winter.  With  the  advent  of  spring  the  impulse 
for  reproduction  drives  them  irresistibly  out  to  the 
area  that  forms  the  summer  home,  where  they  settle 
to  rear  their  young.  With  this  accomplished  they 
are  again  actuated  by  an  overpowering  impulse  to 
return  to  the  area  from  which  they  originally  came, 
and  so  return  in  the  autumn  migration  to  the  winter 
home.  This  has  been  alleged  especially  to  explain 
early  autumn  migration  before  there  is  any  practical 
necessity  for  a  shift  in  base.  It  is  also  alleged  to  ex- 
plain those  instances  in  which  birds  tend  to  follow 
migration  routes  that  do  not  carry  them  directly 
north  and  south.  The  theory  has  in  its  favor  the 
fact  that  many  birds  breed  in  areas  where  they 
cannot  winter,  a  sufficient  basis  for  migration.  To 
suppose  that  all  have  originated  in  the  south  is, 
however,  going  to  a  considerable  length,  as  many,  if 
not  most  of  them,  in  their  evolution  must  antedate 
the  Pleistocene,  when  physical  conditions  regulating 
their  distribution  were  far  different  from  those  en- 
countered at  present. 

Mr.  J.  T.  Nichols,'  has  summarized  certain  mi- 
gration theories  akin  to  this  in  consideration  of  the 
irregular  southward  flights  of  the  red-breasted  nut- 

I  Science^  Aug.  16,  1918,  pp.  168-170. 


24  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

hatch,  a  species  that  comes  south  in  abundance  at 
irregular  intervals.  He  considers  that  these  flights 
take  place  only  when  the  species  has  increased  to  a 
point  where  it  is  crowding  its  northern  range.  It 
then  scatters  over  a  broad  area  and  is  found  in 
abundance  in  regions  to  the  southward.  He  con- 
siders that  the  majority  of  these  migrants  fail  to  re- 
turn to  their  original  home.  Such  movement  he 
terms  centrifugal,  in  distinction  from  a  centripetal 
movement  in  which  a  species  has  separate  breeding 
and  wintering  grounds  between  which  its  individuals 
perform  regular  migratory  flights.  He  considers  the 
condition  of  indiscriminate  wandering  the  original 
one,  in  which  the  bird  may  succeed  in  returning  oc- 
casionally to  its  original  home,  perhaps  from  a  short 
distance  only.  With  this  established  as  habit,  the 
distance  between  the  winter  and  summer  homes  may 
become  greater  and  greater  until  the  area  inhabited 
in  winter  may  lie  without  the  limits  where  the 
species  breeds.  This  in  brief  is  an  outline  of  what  has 
unquestionably  taken  place  in  the  development  of 
migratory  habit,  without  attempt  at  explanation  of 
the  principles  that  have  controlled  it. 

A  somewhat  different  belief  is  alleged  by  those 
who  support  the  theory  of  phototropism,  in  which  it 
is  considered  that  birds  naturally  turn  to  the  region 
of  greatest  light  and  retreat  from  one  in  which  light 
is  curtailed.     According  to  this  belief,  migratory 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  25 

birds  simply  follow  the  sun  in  spring  as  the  centre  of 
its  path  advances  beyond  the  Equator,  and  after 
rearing  their  young  follow  the  retreating  rays  of  the 
heavenly  orb  as  it  moves  southward,  to  winter 
quarters  where  light  is  at  its  maximum  intensity. 
The  course  of  migration  is,  in  general,  correlated 
with  the  advance  and  retreat  of  the  sun,  but  it 
seems  that  light  is  a  secondary  cause,  which  reacts 
on  the  bird  through  its  effect  in  producing  a  change 
in  season,  and  not  directly  through  any  organic  re- 
action to  the  light  rays  themselves.  On  the  basis  of 
light  we  cannot,  for  example,  explain  a  migration 
south  among  northern  shorebirds  during  July,  as  the 
maximum  amount  of  light,  though  on  the  wane,  is 
still  to  be  found  in  their  northern  breeding-ground. 
Also  in  the  case  of  the  few  migrant  nocturnal  birds, 
for  example,  various  goatsuckers,  it  would  seem  ad- 
vantageous to  react  against  light  rather  than  to  fol- 
low it,  since  prolonged  darkness  is  better  suited  to 
their  activities,  which  are  actually  curtailed  by 
lengthening  days.  In  fact,  this  is  probably  one  of 
the  factors  that  limits  the  summer  range  of  some  of 
the  strictly  nocturnal  species.  A  whippoorwill,  for 
example,  would  be  decidedly  out  of  place  near  the 
Arctic  Circle,  where  the  hours  of  night  are  elimi- 
nated or  greatly  curtailed  by  the  movements  of  the 
midnight  sun.  Further,  we  should  expect  birds  of 
such  habits  to  find  their  optimum  conditions  as  re- 


26  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

gards  life  in  equatorial  regions,  where  the  hours  of 
the  day  remain  evenly  divided  between  daylight  and 
darkness,  and  where  the  favorable  period  of  night  is 
not  curtailed  as  it  is  in  June  in  the  North  Temperate 
Zone. 

Among  other  theories,  it  has  been  suggested  that 
migration  is  the  natural  outcome  of  power  of  flight, 
a  faculty  that  is  so  pleasurable  and  so  easy  in  execu- 
tion that  birds  migrate  naturally  from  place  to 
place  when  not  bound  by  home  ties.  It  has  been 
asserted  also  that  migration  has  its  impetus  in  a 
desire  for  solitude,  which  causes  birds  to  seek  remote 
islands,  isolated  lakes,  marshes,  or  distant  forests, 
where  they  may  be  free  from  all  disturbing  factors 
during  the  period  of  reproduction.  Though  many 
birds,  particularly  those  of  shy  habit,  do  seek  isola- 
tion while  breeding,  there  are  others  with  exactly 
opposite  tendency,  as  the  many  birds  that  nest 
familiarly  about  the  homes  of  man;  so  that  there 
are  as  many  points  against  this  argument  as  for  it. 

Dr.  Alvin  R.  Cahn,  in  a  recent  article '  on  the 
migration  of  animals,  has  discussed  migratory 
movements  in  a  highly  interesting  and  instructive 
manner.  He  points  out  that  the  movements  of  birds 
in  north  and  south  migration  correspond,  in  general, 
to  advance  and  retreat  to  or  from  the  breeding- 
station,  and  considers  migration  due  to  physiological 

^  American  Naturalist  (1925),  lix,  539-566, 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  27 

change  in  the  gonads,  and  thus  directly  activated  by 
the  sex  hormones.  It  appears  true  that  the  migration 
north  from  the  winter  home  is  instigated  by  this 
factor,  which  is  of  powerful  influence  in  maintaining 
and  directing  present  migration  movement;  but, 
though  a  prime  influence  at  present,  this  cannot  be 
considered  as  the  ultimate  underlying  principle  that 
has  given  rise  to  migration  as  we  now  see  it. 

The  evolutionary  line  of  the  bird  is  tremendously 
long:  on  the  basis  of  present  knowledge  it  is  known 
to  go  back  through  an  enormous  reach  of  time  to 
Archaeopteryx  and  Archaeornis  of  the  Jurassic 
period. 

That  these  earliest  known  birdlike  creatures  pro- 
gressed through  the  air  is  certain  from  their  struc- 
ture, but  the  extent  of  their  powers  of  flight  is  prob- 
lematical. In  the  Cretaceous,  however,  we  find  in 
Ichthyornis  a  bird  with  ability  to  fly  strongly  de- 
veloped, and  the  flying  type  has  been  the  dominant 
one  in  the  millions  of  years  during  which  our  present 
avian  forms  have  been  evolved.  The  evidence  re- 
corded by  fossils  indicates  that  many  of  our  modern 
types  of  birds  were  found  during  the  Miocene.  It 
seems  probable  that  the  forms  shown  in  many,  if  not 
most,  of  our  modern  genera,  were  in  existence  at 
that  time,  though  our  fossil  record  is  highly  incom- 
plete. Bones  of  many  birds  not  certainly  distin- 
guishable from  those  of  living  forms  are  found  in  the 
early  part  of  the  Pleistocene. 


28  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Habits  and  reaction  to  environment  in  birds  must 
date  back  through  this  same  long  period  of  years,  so 
that  what  we  now  recognize  as  definite  instincts 
among  them,  which  are  merely  reactions  to  the 
usual  stimuli  of  everyday  life,  must  have  had  their 
beginning  back  in  the  same  remote  periods.  Birds 
sought  for  food,  fought  for  territory,  and  produced 
their  kind,  were  subject  to  seasonal  changes,  shifts 
in  environment,  ecological  successions  among  plants 
and  trees,  and  climatic  variations,  then  as  now.  We 
must  consider  the  present  migratory  instinct  as  an 
outcome  of  all  the  various  complex  circumstances 
that  have  affected  birds,  and  for  its  origin  must  look' 
to  remote  ages.  The  actual  migrations  now  found  in 
the  northern  hemisphere  have  been  influenced  pro- 
foundly by  the  climatic  changes  of  the  Pleistocene, 
but  the  cause  of  migratory  flight  goes  so  far  back  in 
time  that  we  may  discuss  it,  but  may  not  hope  to 
offer  more  than  guess  or  supposition  as  to  its  actual 
origin. 

With  this  statement  in  mind  it  will  be  understood 
that  hypotheses  advanced  regarding  the  origin  of 
migration  are  merely  attempts  to  explain  it  on  the 
basis  of  what  may  have  happened,  judging  from  the 
observations  of  our  limited  human  experience. 
There  can  be  no  final  proof  of  the  validity  of  the 
arguments.  They  stand  as  scientific  guesses  at  what 
is  supposed  to  be  the  truth. 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  29 

Let  us  now  return  to  the  hypotheses  that  have 
been  outlined.  Objection  may  be  raised  to  any  of 
them;,  but  it  appears  that  an  explanation  of  the  phe- 
nomena under  discussion  may  be  found  in  a  com- 
bination of  the  various  forces  suggested,  working  in 
unison.  The  entire  act  of  migration  is  so  utterly 
complex  that  no  single  factor  may  be  ascribed  as  the 
absolute  cause.  A  logical  explanation  may,  however, 
be  attempted  if  we  hold  that  the  origin  of  these 
movements  is  multiple.  It  may  be  advanced  as  a 
working  hypothesis  that  migration  has  arisen  from 
movement  induced  by  seasonal  and  climatic  change 
developed  in  certain  species  until  it  has  become 
hereditary  instinct. 

It  will  suffice  to  turn  to  everyday  observations  on 
the  habit  of  brief  post-breeding  wanderings  of  some 
of  our  common  birds  to  record  what  may  have  con- 
stituted a  beginning  of  migration.  A  pair  of  robins, 
tufted  titmice,  or  white-breasted  nuthatches,  select 
a  home  site,  prepare  a  nest,  incubate  eggs,  and  rear 
a  brood  of  young  to  maturity.  During  this  period 
foraging  for  food  is  confined  to  a  limited  space.  As 
the  young  grow,  the  surrounding  area  must  be 
scanned  intensively  to  procure  a  sufficient  supply  of 
food.  When  the  fledglings  leave  the  nest  they  may 
linger  for  a  time  in  the  vicinity;  but  as  the  young 
grow  stronger,  they  begin  to  wander,  at  first  for  a 
few  yards,  but  gradually  extend  their  area  until  it 


30  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

may  cover  several  miles.  This  shifting  is  often  noted 
at  the  time  when  the  young  are  thrown  on  their  own 
resources,  as  the  parents,  wearying  of  importunate 
calls  for  food,  may  harry  their  offspring  and  drive 
them  from  the  immediate  vicinity,  or  may  accom- 
pany them  to  some  nearby  area  where  food  for  all  is 
easily  procured.  In  part,  the  wandering  that  comes 
at  this  period  may  be  considered  merely  the  expres- 
sion of  a  restless  instinct  for  exploration  on  the  part 
of  creatures  endowed  with  wonderful  freedom  of 
movement,  while  in  part  it  is  necessity  subservient 
to  a  search  for  food. 

The  house  wrens  of  my  door-yard  form  ready 
examples  of  the  statement  just  made.  They  rear  a 
brood  in  a  small  bird-house  and  for  several  weeks 
incessantly  scan  the  shrubbery  and  herbage  for  food. 
Spiders  disappear  from  beneath  porches  and  other 
shelter,  multitudes  of  aphids  on  the  nasturtiums 
melt  away,  and  with  tiny  beetles,  caterpillars,  and 
moths  from  grass  and  vines,  go  to  feed  a  hungry, 
growing  family.  When  that  family  is  safely  on  the 
wing,  the  wrens  may  move  to  another  locality,  per- 
haps only  to  a  neighboring  yard,  perhaps  farther, 
where  a  less  carefully  explored  territory  is  open  to 
them.  At  intervals  the  adults  may  return  or  may 
linger  to  rear  other  broods,  until  the  time  arrives  for 
them  to  make  their  retreat  to  the  south;  but  the 
young  usually  disappear.    This  is  movement  in  its 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  31 

simplest  phase,  a  matter  often  of  yards,  though  it 
may  extend  to  greater  distances. 

In  some  forms  of  bird-life  found  in  tropical  regions 
the  succeeding  step  may  be  exemplified.  Climatic 
conditions  there  are  quite  uniform,  divergence  from 
a  level  mean  being  found  mainly  in  the  amount  of 
precipitation  that  marks  wet  and  dry  seasons.  In 
careful  observation  over  a  limited  area  certain  birds 
may  appear  extremely  rare  for  the  greater  part  of  a 
year.  Suddenly  some  forest  tree  will  come  into 
flower  or  fruit,  and  immediately  these  same  birds 
flock,  at  times  in  abundance,  to  feed.  They  remain 
common  for  a  period  and  then  disappear.  These 
shiftings  among  tropical  forms  are  little  understood. 
Many  ant-thrushes,  flycatchers,  and  other  small 
brush-birds  undoubtedly  are  wholly  sedentary  from 
year  to  year;  but  many  others  are  certainly  erratic 
in  their  occurrence.  Years  ago  Dr.  C.  W.  Richmond 
found  the  beautiful  snow-white  cotinga  known  as  the 
holy-ghost  bird  of  rare  occurrence  in  a  certain  sec- 
tion of  Nicaragua  for  a  period  of  several  months. 
Later  with  a  slight  change  in  the  season  it  became 
almost  common.  The  little  euphonias,  brilliant  gems 
in  the  group  of  tanagers,  are  governed  in  their  wan- 
derings by  the  ripening  seeds  of  mistletoes,  which 
form  their  sole  food.  Hummingbirds  appear  and  dis- 
appear with  the  flowering  of  vines,  trees,  or  certain 
epiphytes,  their  presence  being  governed  wholly  by 
these  phenomena. 


32  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

The  movement  is  most  easily  seen  on  tropical 
islands,  as  in  the  West  Indies,  where  certain  large 
pigeons  shift  from  the  uplands  to  the  coastal  plain, 
or  cross  between  neighboring  islands.  The  white- 
crowned  pigeon  flies  between  Porto  Rico,  Vieques, 
and  Culebra  with  the  ripening  of  the  beach  plum 
{Chrysobalanus  icaco).  The  squamated  pigeon,  in 
the  same  manner,  crosses  the  stretch  of  water  that 
separates  Desecheo  and  Mona  from  the  main  is- 
lands adjacent.  Whether  the  birds  come  from  Porto 
Rico  or  Santo  Domingo  is  open  to  question.  Flocks 
of  parrots  wander  extensively,  but  usually  return  to 
certain  quarters  to  roost  each  night.  Thrushes,  as  in 
temperate  regions,  follow  ripening  small  fruits  and 
berries,  and  swifts  and  swallows  shift  from  place  to 
place. 

As  yet  we  have  only  hints  of  the  migratory  move- 
ments of  birds  in  the  heavily  forested  areas  in  the 
Tropics,  hints  in  many  instances  so  indefinite  that 
many  have  been  prone  to  consider  tropical  birds  as 
wholly  sedentary.  To  date  the  bulk  of  observations 
in  such  regions  has  been  made  by  collectors  who 
remain  for  short  periods  at  suitable  points  and  then 
pass  on.  Data  that  will  lead  to  full  knowledge  of  the 
situation  may  be  expected  from  prolonged  studies  at 
some  of  the  jungle  laboratories  —  as,  for  example, 
the  one  at  Barro  Colorado  —  established  in  recent 
years. 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  3^ 

For  further  understanding  of  the  problem  of  the 
origin  of  migration  let  us  turn  to  Australia,  where 
data  are  available  through  records  furnished  by  an 
increasing  number  of  keenly  observant  naturalists. 
This  island  continent,  while  it  does  not  have  the 
extremes  of  climate  found  in  the  larger  land  masses 
of  the  northern  hemisphere,  has  sufficient  extent 
for  a  considerable  difference  between  north  and 
south.  The  winter  in  the  south,  though  marked  by 
lowered  temperature,  is  not  rigorously  severe.  Some 
forms  of  birds  are  regularly  migratory,  but  many 
others  may  be  termed  only  nomadic,  as  across  broad 
areas  their  presence  depends  upon  rains.  In  some 
sections,  during  periods  of  drought  extending  some- 
times over  several  years,  bird  life  practically  dis- 
appears. Rains  come  and  turn  the  country  once 
more  green,  trees  flower,  and  plants  mature  their 
seeds.  Flocks  of  parrots  return  to  regions  from 
which  they  have  long  been  absent;  honey-eaters 
appear  in  the  eucalyptus;  coots  swarm  in  marshes 
and  swamps,  and  with  ducks  and  other  waterfowl 
proceed  to  breed  and  rear  their  young.  Proper  con- 
ditions may  continue  for  several  years,  when  these 
birds  will  remain  common.  With  the  shifting  of 
rains  to  other  sections  the  birds  dependent  upon 
them  follow,  and  desert  the  area  that  has  given 
them  temporary  sustenance. 

Though  this  seems  mere  vagrancy,  it  is  migration 


34  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

of  a  kind,  and  needs  only  to  become  synchronized 
with  seasonal  climatic  change  to  assume  the  usual 
rhythm  of  migration  with  which  we  are  familiar  in 
the  northern  hemisphere,  and  which  in  Australia  is 
pursued  regularly  by  a  number  of  species,  notably 
swallows  and  cuckoos. 

Migration  may  also  be  explained,  in  part,  in 
terms  of  what  has  recently  been  called  "Territory  in 
Bird-life."  During  much  of  the  year  birds  have  no 
other  responsibilities  than  search  for  food,  with  rea- 
sonable alertness  to  avoid  death  at  the  claws  of  pre- 
dators. They  may  be  social  or  solitary  according  to 
habit,  and  may  wander,  or  may  remain  sedentary. 
Individuals  of  the  same  or  different  species  may 
range  in  reasonable  proximity  without  undue  bicker- 
ing or  quarrelling.  With  the  approach  of  the  breed- 
ing season  all  this  changes.  Each  male  seeks  an  area 
on  his  breeding-ground  within  which  later  will  be 
constructed  his  nest,  which  he  guards  closely  against 
encroachment.  This  is  his  particular  and  private 
domain,  within  which  he  permits  no  prolonged  in- 
trusion by  rival  males  of  his  own  kind.  In  the  case 
of  such  gregarious  species  as  the  sooty  tern,  which 
nests  in  tremendous  colonies,  this  bit  of  territory 
may  be  likened  to  the  narrow  quarters  of  the  human 
dweller  in  city  squares,  as  it  is  merely  sufficient  to 
permit  each  individual  space  to  stand  free  from 
actual  physical  contact  with  its  neighbors;   in  the 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  35 

tern  its  extent  is  governed  by  the  reach  of  the 
daggerlike  bill  that  threatens  all  who  crowd  within 
reach.  The  cardinal,  the  mocking-bird,  the  thrush, 
meadowlark,  or  vireo,  on  the  other  hand,  controls  a 
larger  area,  a  tree  or  a  group  of  trees,  or  a  stretch  of 
thicket  or  grassland.  Intruders  of  the  same  species 
may  come  near,  but  may  not  tarry  within  the  limits 
of  this  tract  without  doing  battle  with  the  one  who 
has  preempted  it. 

Let  us  now  turn  back  some  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  years,  to  a  period  in  the  Tertiary  near  the  close  of 
the  Pliocene.  Geologists  inform  us  that  during  the 
Miocene  and  Pliocene,  when  the  genera  to  which  our 
modern  birds  belong  were  attaining  their  develop- 
ment, in  North  America  and  elsewhere  in  the  north- 
ern hemisphere  climatic  conditions,  though  perhaps 
not  especially  warm,  were  more  or  less  equable  from 
the  Equator  to  within  the  boundary  of  the  Arctic 
Circle.  Zonal  bands  increasing  regularly  in  warmth 
to  the  southward  were  not  as  strongly  indicated  as 
at  the  present  day,  and  in  those  epochs  there  would 
not  have  been  necessity  for  regular  migration  of  the 
birds  then  in  existence,  further  than  a  retreat  from 
the  far  northern  regions  of  extended  night,  when  the 
sun  was  south  of  the  Equator,  a  seasonal  shifting 
with  changing  food-supply,  or  change  with  expand- 
ing range  among  dominant  species  such  as  is  found 
in  the  Tropics  to-day,  or  as  is  recorded  in  the  conti- 
nent of  Australia. 


2,6  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

In  the  next  geological  period,  the  Pleistocene  or 
Ice  Age,  huge  sheets  or  glacial  ice  spread  down  from 
the  north  across  the  land,  advancing  and  retreating 
during  tens  of  thousands  of  years.  Periods  of  glacial 
invasion  were  followed  for  unknown  reasons  by 
times  of  warmth,  during  which  the  ice  retreated, 
when  forms  that  we  now  consider  tropical  and  sub- 
tropical were  able  to  flourish  in  arctic  regions.  Fol- 
lowing these,  the  ice  again  came  south.  The  ad- 
vance of  the  glacial  front  was  slow,  probably  almost 
imperceptible,  so  that  the  hand  of  cold  crept  slowly 
over  the  land.  Life,  both  plant  and  animal,  shivered 
in  the  unwonted  chill.  Some  forms,  possibly  of  wide 
range  and  adaptability,  retreated  slightly;  others 
less  pliant,  unable  to  change  from  their  accustomed 
habit  and  range,  perished  and  disappeared,  leaving 
no  record  except  as  their  harder  portions  were  en- 
tombed and  preserved  beneath  the  ice.  Congestion 
in  the  steadily  decreasing  land  area  toward  the 
Equator  crowded  others,  and  through  an  increasing 
competition  brought  about  further  extermination  of 
individuals  and  species. 

Let  us  look  now  for  a  moment  at  conditions  during 
the  first,  or  Wisconsin,  stage  when  ice  extended 
across  Canada  and  the  northern  United  States  as  far 
as  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  and  Illinois.  With  the 
exception  of  a  few  islands  of  land  left  bare  through 
some  freak  or  accident,  ice  covered  a  vast  area  where 


THEORIES  OF  MIGRATION  37 

to-day  there  are  thousands  of  square  miles  of  forest, 
prairie,  lake,  and  marsh.  Practically  all  life  had  been 
driven  from  this  space,  or,  in  some  cases,  had  been  ex- 
terminated in  it.  Species  that  persisted  had  been 
forced  into  the  open  region  to  the  south  of  the  glacial 
front.  Let  us  suppose  now  that  after  a  period  the  ice, 
through  some  change  in  conditions,  begins  to  recede. 
The  shift  is  slow.  Each  year  there  are  regressions  in 
which  the  ice  king  seeks  to  hold  his  own.  Gradually, 
however,  new  territory  is  released,  to  which  vegeta- 
tion slowly  spreads,  followed  by  insects  and  other 
invertebrates,  with  which  come  the  birds. 

The  dominant  species,  the  one  that  is  successful  in 
life,  produces  in  greater  abundance  than  the  home 
areas  can  maintain.  The  surplus  individuals  are 
crowded  away  from  the  centre  of  production,  and  so 
are  forced  out  to  other  regions  where  conditions  are 
perhaps  a  little  less  to  their  liking  at  first,  but  to 
which  conditions  they  adapt  themselves.  These  we 
may  suppose,  in  the  Pleistocene  and  later,  crowded 
up  into  the  spaces  to  the  north  following  the  re- 
treating glaciers.  Summer  conditions  were  such  that 
they  might  breed.  As  winter  approached  they  found 
food  scarce,  and  wandered.  Their  wandering  was 
restricted  to  three  cardinal  directions  —  east,  west, 
and  south.  If  they  went  north,  they  perished.  To 
the  south  conditions  were  most  favorable,  so  the 
majority  wandered  southward.    Seasonal  change  in 


38  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

climate  continued;  and  as  centuries  passed,  mo- 
mentary necessity  became  habit,  and  regular  lines 
of  migration  were  established. 

Where  glacial  action  has  not  figured  definitely,  we 
may  look  to  other  factors,  which  affect  similar  eco- 
logic  changes,  to  explain  migratory  movements 
among  birds.  Extension  of  forest  areas,  or  of  plains, 
or  growth  of  marshes  may  permit  extension  among 
avian  species  that  seize  on  the  new  range  as  terri- 
tory in  which  they  may  breed.  After  young  are 
reared,  they  may  wander  or  withdraw  —  move- 
ments which,  with  the  passage  of  time,  become 
fixed  and  hereditary. 

Such  to  me  seem  logical  hypotheses,  which  afford 
explanation  of  the  wonderful  phenomenon  of  bird 
migration.  It  is  admitted  that  they  are  not  fully 
satisfactory  and  that  there  are  a  number  of  points 
that  are  not  definitely  covered.  Explanation  of  these 
cannot  now  be  attempted.  We  must  recognize  that 
Man's  actual  experience  of  these  happenings,  to 
which  we  may  look  for  assistance  in  considering 
them,  is  wholly  negligible,  since  the  number  of  years 
of  our  recorded  study  and  observation  do  not  repre- 
sent a  dot  of  perceptible  size  in  the  long  procession 
of  centuries  that  have  covered  the  development  of 
these  things. 


CHAPTER  II 
Nocturnal  and  Diurnal  Migration 

MIGRATORY  flight  among  birds  is  performed 
by  day  or  by  night,  or  occasionally  during 
either,  according  to  the  species  concerned.  As  a 
general  rule,  the  smaller  birds  migrate  by  night  and 
the  larger  ones  by  day,  or  by  day  or  night  indiffer- 
ently. Geese  and  ducks  often  fly  in  migrating  flocks 
by  day,  but  also  pass  in  numbers  after  dark,  especi- 
ally during  great  rushes  of  migration  when  their 
movement  is  at  its  height.  The  calls  of  geese  are  a 
common  sound  from  the  darkened  skies  above  cities, 
heard  most  often  in  autumn,  when  a  sudden  change 
in  weather  is  hastening  their  departure  for  the  south. 
In  the  city  of  Washington  it  is  not  unusual  in  March 
to  hear  the  barking  calls  of  swans  at  night  as  these 
great  birds  pass  in  their  northward  travels.  Among 
my  vivid  memories  of  residence  and  observation  on 
the  broad  marshes  at  the  northern  end  of  Great  Salt 
Lake  in  Utah  are  the  flights  of  ducks  that  passed 
overhead  in  the  moonlight,  or  the  multitudes,  her- 
alded by  whistling  wings,  that  came  hurtling  down 
before  dawn  when  severe  weather  in  the  north 
started  the  flight  from  regions  in  Canada. 


40  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Loons  and  cranes  migrate  regularly  by  day,  as 
do  pelicans,  shore-birds,  gulls,  and  hawks.  The 
stirring  bugle  calls  of  the  sandhill  crane  herald  the 
approach  of  flocks  before  they  are  actually  within 
view,  and  continue  faintly  to  reach  the  ear  long  after 
the  birds  have  passed  beyond  the  range  of  vision. 
Flights  of  large  hawks  in  the  Middle  West,  in  which 
hundreds  passed  in  wheeling  flocks  across  the  sky, 
were  common  sights  twenty  years  ago,  but  now  are 
rare  because  of  the  gradual  extermination  of  these 
fine  birds.  Red-tailed,  Swainson's,  and  rough- 
legged  hawks  travel  regularly  in  bands  through  the 
western  region  of  plains  and  prairies,  and  at  times 
the  turkey  vulture  may  be  seen  migrating,  in  con- 
siderable flocks.  In  the  Eastern  States  sharp- 
shinned  and  Cooper's  hawks  fly  by  day,  but,  though 
often  common,  seldom  associate  in  actual  bands. 
Nighthawks  regularly,  and  various  blackbirds  occa- 
sionally, migrate  by  day. 

The  majority  of  small  birds,  the  great  hosts  that 
form  the  bulk  of  the  migrant  hordes  that  come  to  our 
attention,  travel  by  night.  We  wake  in  the  morning 
to  find  groves,  hedges,  and  fields  filled  with  a  multi- 
tude of  warblers,  flycatchers,  and  sparrows,  which 
on  the  following  morning,  may  have  largely  dis- 
appeared. Rails  pursue  the  same  secretive  method 
of  travel  as  do  cuckoos,  migrant  species  of  wood- 
peckers, Old  World  warblers,  vireos,  and  a  host  of 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  41 

others.  The  method  followed  by  swifts  and  hum- 
mingbirds is  uncertain,  but  it  is  probable  that  the 
former  usually  move  by  day.  The  ruby-throated 
hummer  has  been  seen  flying  by  day  from  Point 
Pelee,  Ontario,  across  Lake  Erie. 

It  has  been  stated  that  small  birds  migrate  by 
night  to  escape  the  enemies  that  otherwise  might 
destroy  them.  Bluebirds,  jays,  and  blackbirds  fly 
regularly  by  day  without  fear  of  attack,  as  do  king- 
birds, fork-tailed  flycatchers,  and  waxwings.  It  is 
highly  probable,  however,  that  small  species,  as 
wrens,  chats,  ground-  or  thicket-haunting  warblers, 
and  the  small  flycatchers  that  inhabit  thickets  or 
dense  woodland,  habitually  living  in  concealment, 
feel  safer  under  the  protecting  cover  of  darkness 
during  their  prolonged  flights  above  the  earth. 

The  procurement  of  food  is  perhaps  a  much  more 
weighty  factor  than  timidity  in  regulating  flight  by 
night.  The  stomach  of  a  bird  killed  during  the  day 
invariably  contains  remains  of  food,  and  often  is  full, 
unless  the  bird  is  sick,  or  injured,  or  is  in  a  situation 
where  food  may  not  be  obtained.  Digestion  is  very 
rapid,  so  that,  to  ensure  a  proper  replacement  of 
the  energy  expended  by  the  bird  during  its  rapid 
and  sprightly  movements,  it  is  necessary  that  food 
be  secured  at  comparatively  short  intervals.  In 
studies  of  the  food  of  starlings  Kalmbach  and 
Gabrielson  found  that  stomachs  of  a  considerable 


42  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

number  taken  between  eight  and  ten  in  the  evening, 
when  the  birds  had  been  at  roost  for  three  to  five 
hours,  were  almost  entirely  empty.  Stomachs  of 
birds  killed  by  striking  obstructions  during  night 
flight  are  nearly  always  empty,  from  which  fact  at 
times  has  come  the  belief  that  the  wanderers  had 
died  of  starvation.  It  appears,  therefore,  that  diges- 
tion empties  the  stomach  completely  when  food  is 
not  taken  at  short  intervals.  If  tiny  migrant  way- 
farers flew  by  day  across  the  great  stretches  of  land 
and  sea  that  they  must  necessarily  compass  in  their 
migrations,  they  would  arrive  at  nightfall,  tired,  per- 
haps almost  exhausted,  at  some  destination  where 
they  would  be  unable  to  procure  food  until  the  fol- 
lowing morning,  as  they  are  diurnal  in  habit.  Such 
circumstance  might  lead  to  unnecessary  exhaustion 
of  their  powers  and  so  delay  their  further  flights. 
Or  might,  if  coincident  with  unusual  cold,  or  expo- 
sure to  heavy  rains  or  snows,  prove  fatal,  as  in  a 
condition  of  reduced  vigor  sufficient  bodily  heat 
and  vital  energy  might  not  be  available  to  enable 
them  to  weather  the  unseasonable  condition.  On  the 
other  hand,  where  migrational  flights  are  pursued  by 
night,  when  the  travellers  pause  at  daybreak,  they 
may  rest  for  a  brief  space  and  then  may  begin  a 
search  for  food.  The  entire  day  may  be  occupied 
alternately  in  feeding  and  resting,  and  the  travellers 
may  so  recuperate  that,  if  it  is  desired,  further  flight 
may  be  begun  at  nightfall. 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  43 

Swallows,  swifts,  and  nighthawks  feed  as  they 
travel.  Hawks  and  vultures  are  so  large  and  robust 
that  fasting  for  a  day  or  so  is  no  hardship.  Ducks 
feed  regularly  by  night,  especially  when  there  is 
moonlight,  and  so  are  not  hampered  by  the  time  of 
day  of  their  arrival.  Such  birds  as  shore-birds  and 
gulls  must  be  able  to  endure  without  food,  or  must 
curtail  their  journey  when  sustenance  is  required. 
We  must  suppose  that  the  same  is  true  of  migrants 
among  strictly  nocturnal  species  like  the  goat- 
suckers, of  which  our  whippoorwill  and  chuckwills- 
widow,  and  the  nightjars  of  the  Old  World,  are 
familiar  examples. 

Though  among  most  small  birds  extensive  flights 
are  made  at  night,  the  close  observer  soon  becomes 
aware  of  migration  movement  among  them  by  day, 
particularly  during  the  period  from  the  height  to 
near  the  close  of  migration.  Flocks  of  warblers, 
feeding  seemingly  without  particular  objective 
through  the  tops  of  the  trees,  often  pursue  a  regular 
course  in  their  search  for  food.  Flights  are  made  in 
the  direction  in  which  the  change  of  season  is  lead- 
ing them.  At  times  they  travel  hurriedly  and  must 
cover  an  appreciable  amount  of  territory  during  the 
day.  These  movements  may  be  noted  with  especial 
ease  at  points  where  there  are  well-marked  migra- 
tion routes.  At  Point  Pelee  on  Lake  Erie,  in  the 
autumn.  Swales  and  Taverner  have  noted  regular 


44  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

passage  along  the  sides  of  the  point,  which  finally 
terminated  in  many  cases  in  a  flight  directly  out 
across  the  open  lake.  I  have  observed  this  same 
action  on  islands  in  the  West  Indies  where  there 
were  established  lines  of  flight,  or  in  continental 
river  valleys  that  were  regular  routes  of  travel  for 
many  birds. 

Under  proper  conditions  observations  on  noc- 
turnal flights  may  be  made  without  particular  diffi- 
culty. The  sight  of  birds  crossing  the  face  of  the 
larger  heavenly  bodies  has  undoubtedly  been  fa- 
miliar to  astronomers  since  the  days  of  Galileo  and 
the  first  telescopes,  but  seems  to  have  come  to  the 
notice  of  zoologists  only  in  recent  years.  Tennant, 
while  studying  the  face  of  the  sun  at  Roorkee  in 
1875,  noted  what  he  thought  were  kites  soaring  at  a 
great  height.^  W.  E.  D.  Scott,  during  casual  inspec- 
tion in  an  observatory  at  Princeton  in  October,  1880, 
saw  a  considerable  number  of  birds  cross  the  moon 
and  was  able  even  to  identify  a  few  of  them.  Addi- 
tional notes  were  secured  by  Scott  and  J.  A.  Allen  in 
the  spring  of  188 1,  and  by  F.  M.  Chapman  in  Sep- 
tember, 1887,  while  observations  were  made  in 
greater  detail  by  O.  G.  Libby  in  1898,^  at  Washburn 
Observatory  in  the  City  of  Madison,  Wisconsin. 
This  author  gives  a  record  at  considerable  length  of 
studies  made  during  the  height  of  the  autumn  migra- 

"■  Stray  Feathers^  iii,  1875,  P-  4i9'       ^  ^"^>  ^^99j  PP-  H^-U^. 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  45 

tion  in  September,  and  estimates  that  birds  passed 
the  point  of  observation  at  the  rate  of  approximately 
9,000  per  hour  —  an  indication  of  the  enormous 
extent  of  the  nocturnal  movement. 

Similar  observations  may  be  made  by  anyone  at 
the  proper  season  by  means  of  small  telescopes  or 
powerful  binoculars,  though  in  my  own  experience 
as  a  boy  I  found  such  instruments  somewhat  unsat- 
isfactory, as  the  field  of  vision  was  so  small  that  the 
moving  dots  representing  birds  crossed  the  illumi- 
nated area  and  disappeared  with  great  rapidity.  It 
is  possible  to  identify  an  occasional  individual 
among  the  birds  that  are  detected;  but  efforts  made 
to  estimate  the  height  at  which  the  birds  are  travel- 
ling seem  to  me  to  yield  highly  uncertain  results,  as 
there  is  no  simple,  definite  method  of  determining 
the  actual  distance  between  passing  birds  and  the 
point  of  observation  in  the  brief  space  in  which  they 
are  on  view. 

Records  of  nocturnal  flight  are  made  easily  by  the 
ear,  as  many  birds  call  during  these  flights  by  night. 
During  the  rush  at  the  height  of  migration  these 
notes,  coming  constantly  from  the  darkness,  pro- 
duce a  profound  effect  upon  the  imagination.  Calls 
come  from  near  and  far,  some  of  them  easily  recog- 
nized, and  some  so  distant  or  so  mingled  with  others 
that  they  are  indistinct.  At  times  there  may  be  a 
medley  in  which  half  a  dozen  species  may  join,  or 


46  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

again  a  band  of  some  particular  form  may  pass  with 
their  cries  coming  from  all  points  of  the  air,  to  the 
exclusion  of  others.  The  impression  given  at  times  is 
so  vivid  that  instinctively  one  strains  the  eyes 
against  the  darkness  in  a  vain  attempt  to  pick  out 
the  migrants  whose  vibrant  calls  come  from  so  near 
at  hand  that  the  birds  seem  almost  within  reach. 

Though  migration  flights  at  times  are  recorded 
at  lighthouses,  and  by  means  of  call  notes,  steadily 
all  night  long,  usually  the  bulk  of  birds  pass  during 
the  earlier  hours  of  the  night  and  toward  day-break 
in  the  morning.  From  eight  to  twelve  in  the  even- 
ing seems  to  be  the  favorite  period  for  nocturnal 
flight,  though  on  a  number  of  occasions  particularly 
in  autumn,  I  have  noticed  heavy  migration  between 
four  and  six  in  the  morning. 

Altitudes  at  which  Migrating  Birds  Travel 

Actual  evidence  of  the  heights  above  the  earth 
sought  by  birds  during  their  migrations  is  scanty, 
and  only  since  the  development  of  the  airplane  have 
definite  altitudinal  observations  become  available. 
Early  records  have  been  based  largely  on  inference, 
or  on  calculations  into  which  entered  a  wide  margin 
of  estimate. 

The  older  observers,  holding  firmly  that  most 
normal  migration  took  place  at  heights  above  15,000 
feet,  attempted  as  a  rule  to  justify  their  faith  in  these 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  47 

statements  by  a  somewhat  uncertain  belief  that 
flying  became  easier  as  altitude  was  gained,  and 
increased  in  difficulty  as  the  earth  was  neared.  Ex- 
perience of  aviators,  however,  is  directly  opposed  to 
this  theory,  as  it  is  found  that  with  greater  altitude 
there  is  increasing  difficulty  in  maintaining  height 
and  speed.  Though  part  of  this  difficulty  may  be 
due  to  the  changing  mixture  offered  for  combustion 
in  the  motor,  more  of  it  unquestionably  comes  from 
the  difference  in  buoyancy  as  the  air  becomes  more 
and  more  rarefied.  Birds  are  not  afflicted  with  the 
engine  troubles  that  beset  humans  who  invade  the 
air,  but  must  nevertheless  feel  keenly  the  lack  of 
buoyancy  of  the  upper  reaches.  Though  less  effec- 
tive in  the  case  of  broad-winged  hawks,  vultures, 
pelicans,  and  cranes,  whose  great  pinions  afford  a 
large  supporting  surface  compared  to  the  weight  of 
the  body,  we  must  believe  that  the  difference  in- 
dicated would  operate  more  heavily  in  smaller 
migrants,  who  are  under  necessity  of  keeping  their 
smaller,  shorter  wings  in  constant  rapid  motion  to 
hold  a  proper  altitude  even  when  flying  near  the 
earth. 

Observations  on  the  altitudes  at  which  birds  fly 
have  been  summarized  recently  by  Colonel  R. 
Meinertzhagen,^  who  gives  a  considerable  number  of 
records  based  on  the  experiences  of  airpilots.    His 

I  Ibis,  1920,  pp.  920-936. 


48  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

findings^  in  brief,  are  that  it  is  exceptional  in  flying 
to  meet  with  birds  above  an  altitude  of  5,000  feet, 
and  that  the  bulk  of  migration  is  performed  below  a 
height  of  3,000  feet  from  the  earth.  Though  most  of 
the  observations  that  he  cites  were  made  during  the 
day,  he  holds  with  reason  that  there  is  no  evident 
cause  for  considering  that  nocturnal  migrants  pass 
at  a  higher  plane  than  those  observed  by  day.  Since 
the  observations  that  he  cites  were  made  by  pilots 
who,  during  several  years  of  war,  had  the  air  across 
broad  areas  in  the  Palaearctic  region  under  constant 
close  surveillance,  we  must  accept  them  as  conclu- 
sive. In  several  hundred  records  by  airplane  it  ap- 
pears that  there  were  only  32  observations  of  birds 
above  5,000  feet,  and  only  seven  above  8,000  feet. 
Meinertzhagen  considers  that  ordinarily  birds  prefer 
to  descend  below  cloud  level,  though  this  is  not  uni- 
versally true.  On  nights  of  fog  or  rain  birds  pass 
very  near  the  earth,  and  it  is  then  that  we  may  ob- 
tain some  idea  of  the  vast  hordes  of  migrants  that 
fill  the  air,  as  their  notes  and  calls  come  drifting 
down  from  the  sky. 

Day  migrants  among  shore-birds  may  pass  at  con- 
siderable altitudes,  as  it  is  common  experience  in 
shooting,  particularly  in  arid  regions  where  suitable 
feeding  grounds  are  widely  separated,  to  have 
yellowlegs  or  black-bellied  plover  come  swiftly 
down  to  the  decoys  from  heights  at  which  the  eye 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  49 

did  not  perceive  them.  Aviators  have  recorded  such 
birds  at  10,000  and  12,000  feet.  Pelicans,  cranes, 
ducks,  and  geese  often  pass  at  3,000  to  8,000  feet  in 
travelling  from  one  feeding  ground  to  another,  and 
when  crossing  mountain  chains  mayfly  at  enormous 
heights.  Donald  notes  that  in  the  Himalayas,  at 
14,000  feet  above  sea-level,  he  observed  storks  and 
cranes  flying  to  the  northeast  at  the  end  of  May, 
when  they  were  so  high  that  they  could  be  seen  only 
through  glasses.  Meinertzhagen  considers  that,  if 
these  birds  were  beyond  unaided  vision,  they  must 
have  been  at  least  6,000  feet  above  the  earth,  placing 
them  at  an  actual  altitude  of  20,000  feet  above  the 
mean  level  of  the  sea. 

Captain  C.  Ingram  ^  has  assembled  other  observa- 
tions by  aviators,  and  has  obtained  results  fully  in 
agreement  with  those  given  above.  It  is  of  interest 
to  examine  the  greatest  altitudinal  records  that  he 
gives.  Lapwings  and  ducks  were  noted  up  to  8,500 
feet,  though  rarely  seen  above  6,000  feet.  Geese 
were  seen  at  9,000  feet,  and  sandpipers  of  unknown 
species  at  10,000  and  12,000  feet,  above  the  battle- 
front  in  France.  Small  birds  with  undulating  flight 
were  recorded  once  at  10,000  feet.  These,  however, 
were  such  unusual  occurrences  that  the  aviators 
making  the  records  took  special  note  of  them.  Dr. 
A.  F.  R.  Wollaston,  when  on  the  Mount  Everest 

I  Ibis,  1 91 9,  pp.  321-325. 


50  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Expedition  in  1921,  recorded  a  lammergeier  at 
24,000  or  25,000  feet,  and  distinguished  passing  god- 
wits  and  curlews  at  20,000  feet.'  In  this  instance, 
however,  the  birds  were  flying  above  elevated  land 
masses,  and  were  forced  upward  to  cross  the  moun- 
tains. Finally,  it  is  recorded  that  an  observer  mak- 
ing photographic  observations  of  the  sun  at  Dehra 
Dun  in  India  obtained  a  photograph  of  geese  which, 
it  was  estimated,  were  flying  at  an  altitude  of  29,000 
feet.=* 

The  observations  above  are  given  to  illustrate 
extremes,  and  to  indicate  that  birds  may  occasion- 
ally fly  at  great  heights.  That  there  is  no  apparent 
advantage  in  altitude  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that 
comparatively  few  attempt  it. 

I  have  observed  autumn  flights  of  sandpipers 
crossing  the  Gulf  of  Alaska,  south  of  Kodiak  Island 
and  the  Kenai  Peninsula,  at  heights  of  not  more  than 
500  feet  above  the  sea,  with  many  at  only  a  few 
yards  above  the  waves.  In  fact,  a  Peale*s  falcon  re- 
mained with  our  ship  for  a  day,  perching  on  a  mast- 
head and  flying  out  at  intervals  to  seize  some  poor 
sandpiper  that  came  swinging  up  to  examine  our 
vessel.  Other  observations  certify  to  these  results, 
since  where  migrants  are  heard  calling  at  night, 
if  directly  overhead,  many  are  within  easy  range 

'  Country  Life,  March  25,  1922,  p.  419. 
==  the  Field,  Dec.  18,  1920,  p.  876. 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  51 

of  the  ear.  Some  in  fact  seem  barely  above  the 
trees.  Where  small  birds  have  been  seen  flying  by 
day,  as  at  Point  Pelee,  Ontario,  they  are  usually  at 
very  moderate  heights,  and  numerous  recorders  of 
migrants  crossing  stretches  of  open  water  note  them 
frequently  as  passing  barely  above  the  waves.  Re- 
cords from  lighthouses  also  indicate  birds  flying  at 
comparatively  low  levels,  as  do  notes  made  on 
diurnal  movements  among  small  birds  at  islands. 
Eagle  Clarke,  in  observations  at  the  Kentish  Knock 
lightship,  in  the  North  Sea  off  the  mouth  of  the 
River  Thames,  noted  small  birds  of  various  sorts 
passing  barely  above  the  crests  of  the  waves  —  a 
sort  of  flight  that  prevailed  even  when  there  was  fog 
or  mist,  when  it  would  have  seemed  advantageous 
to  attempt  to  rise  to  an  altitude  where  the  air  was 
clear. 

Weather  conditions  must  affect  the  heights  at 
which  birds  travel,  as  on  clear  warm  days,  when 
warmed  air  is  rising  from  broad  areas,  —  such  days 
for  example  as  birds  of  powerful  flight  use  in  soaring, 
—  it  would  be  easy  to  fly  at  high  altitudes,  while  in 
periods  when  the  atmosphere  is  dead  and  lifeless, 
high  flight  would  be  more  difficult.  Since  rising  air 
currents  ordinarily  prevail  only  during  the  day,  and 
slacken  or  disappear  by  night,  we  may  see  in  this  an 
indication  that  birds  do  not  travel  at  excessive  alti- 
tudes after  nightfall. 


52  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Ingram  ^  has  noted  that  normally  the  velocity  of 
the  wind  increases  as  one  rises  above  the  earth,  so 
that  it  may  be  doubled  in  strength  at  1,500  feet. 
Beyond  this  the  amount  of  increase  is  lessened.  In 
his  experience  (apparently  mainly  in  France)  an 
east  wind  attained  its  maximum  strength  at  3,000 
feet,  while  winds  from  other  quarters  of  the  compass 
may  increase  up  to  30,000  feet.  In  ascending,  the 
directions  of  the  winds  also  vary,  so  that  they  may 
be  reversed  within  a  few  hundred  feet  of  altitude. 
Both  of  the  factors  mentioned  are  of  great  impor- 
tance in  considering  bird  migration. 

We  may  conclude  from  the  evidence  that  has  been 
presented  that  the  bulk  of  migration  passes  below 
3,000  feet,  and  that  as  a  rule  only  birds  of  strong 
flight  travel  at  greater  heights  unless  weather  condi- 
tions may,  for  brief  periods,  favor  greater  altitudes. 

Weather  and  Migration 

Cooke  has  well  observed  that  weather  conditions 
have  little  to  do  with  the  migrations  of  birds,  except 
to  permit  them  to  travel  or  to  hold  them  back,  as  the 
case  may  be.  Parula  warblers  or  redstarts  wintering 
in  the  West  Indies,  or  Old  World  warblers  or  wag- 
tails spending  the  cold  season  in  central  Africa, 
notice  no  difference  in  temperature  or  climatic  con- 
ditions between  November  and  April,  yet  in  the 

^  7^/^,1919,  p.  323. 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  ,    ^3 

latter  month  they  regularly  move  north  toward  the 
summer  home.  Though  we  may  theorize  as  to  the 
actual  origin  of  migration,  the  annual  movements  of 
migratory  birds  are  now  a  part  of  the  life-cycle  of 
the  individual,  and  as  such  occur  at  the  regularly 
appointed  time,  actuated  by  physiological  condi- 
tions. The  spring  migration  especially  has  its  in- 
ception and  course  distinctly  connected  with  the 
necessity  for  reproduction.  Food  is  as  abundant  in 
the  winter  home  in  spring  as  through  the  winter 
months,  so  there  is  no  necessity  for  movement  to 
search  for  it.  Winter  is  a  resting  period,  during 
which  the  bird  has  no  cares  save  to  avoid  enemies 
and  search  for  food.  With  the  approach  of  spring 
the  reproductive  impulse  awakens,  and  the  individ- 
ual is  irresistibly  driven  to  initiate  a  journey  that 
ends  in  its  summer  home. 

We?ther  makes  only  this  difference,  that  the  life- 
cycle  has  been  so  adjusted,  and  the  migrations  so 
synchronized,  that  they  agree  with  major  phe- 
nomena of  weather  and  climate  through  the  year. 
Some  species  find  that  cold  means  little  to  them,  so 
that  their  northern  limit  in  winter  is  in  regions 
where  the  climate  is  severe.  This  is  true  with  juncos 
and  tree  sparrows,  and  a  number  of  other  birds  in  the 
United  States,  and  with  many  small  birds  in  north- 
ern Europe  and  Asia.  Certain  waterbirds  are  hardy 
and  are  restricted  in  winter  range  only  by  the  line  of 


54  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

ice.  Thousands  of  canvasbacks,  bluebills,  and  other 
ducks  remain  on  the  Potomac  River  in  winter,  even 
though  a  large  part  of  the  channel  is  frozen.  Mal- 
lards and  pintails  in  the  Missouri  River  drainage 
move  north  and  south  regularly  during  winter  with 
fluctuation  in  the  southern  limit  of  ice,  and  in  spring 
press  northward  with  every  thaw,  retreating  again 
if  need  arise  because  of  freezing  weather. 

Birds  that  are  not  accustomed  to  cold  respond 
variously  to  it,  some  seeming  wholly  indifferent  so 
long  as  food  is  available,  unless  subjected  to  undue 
exposure.  This  is  true  even  in  certain  tropical 
species  that  normally  never  encounter  cold,  as  when 
transported  to  another  climate  some  do  not  seem 
particularly  affected.  The  red  blue  and  yellow 
macaw  {Ara  macao)^  native  in  tropical  America,  has 
lived  in  outdoor  flight  cages  in  the  National  Zoologi- 
cal Park  at  Washington  during  severe  winters.  Dur- 
ing the  winter  of  1924-25  a  great  white  heron  from 
southern  Florida  was  kept  in  an  outdoor  cage,  shel- 
tered from  northerly  and  westerly  winds  but  with- 
out artificial  heat,  and  seemed  as  oblivious  of  cold  as 
a  great  blue  heron  that  lived  as  its  neighbor.  Even 
the  snowy  heron  and  American  egret  in  a  wild  state 
are  not  so  sensitive  to  cold  as  we  usually  imagine, 
since  I  have  seen  the  former  flying  in  snowstorms  in 
Utah,  and  the  latter  penetrates  regularly  to  Pata- 
gonia, where  the  summers  are  anything  but  warm. 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  55 

Other  species,  however,  have  no  reaction  against 
cold.  The  blue  and  yellow  macaw  {Ara  ararauna) 
cannot  withstand  a  fall  in  temperature,  and  I  have 
a  captive  blue-headed  parrot  {Pionus  menstruus) 
from  Bolivia,  that  is  sensitive  to  a  degree,  and  com- 
plains of  the  shghtest  degree  of  cold. 

Wind  is  as  much  a  deterrent  to  migration  as  rain 
or  snow,  as  head  winds  greatly  increase  the  labor 
of  flight  and,  if  at  all  strong,  cut  down  the  speed 
at  which  migrants  are  able  to  travel.  Similarly, 
strong  winds  blowing  in  the  direction  in  which  the 
birds  are  travelling  are  equally  bad,  since  they 
interfere  seriously  with  balance,  and  disarrange 
feathers,  thus  hindering  flight.  Moderate  cross, 
quartering,  or  light  winds  from  other  directions, 
seem  to  off'er  the  best  air-movement  conditions. 

Cooke  has  indicated  that  migration  among  birds 
is  so  adjusted  to  mean  weather  conditions  that  each 
species  moves  north  in  spring  at  a  time  when  the 
average  weather  encountered  is  not  unsupportable. 
Hardy  forms  move  early,  unafraid  to  brave  the 
blasts  of  retreating  winter.  More  delicate  ones 
come  later,  when  there  is  less  danger  of  encountering 
prolonged  cold  spells.  Occasionally,  as  in  the 
Canada  goose,  it  is  found  that  the  advance  in  migra- 
tion coincides  with  advance  of  certain  isothermal 
lines.  The  goose  keeps  closely  abreast  of  the  line  of 
35  degrees  average  temperature,  and  moves  north  as 


56  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

this  line  advances.  The  majority  of  species  allow 
spring  to  forge  ahead,  and  then,  travelling  rapidly, 
overtake  it,  or,  in  some  cases,  outstrip  it.  Hardy 
forms  among  our  smaller  birds  press  northward  with 
the  first  indication  of  spring,  so  that  robins  appear 
as  soon  as  the  ground  is  bare,  and  blackbirds  when 
the  marshes  open.  Recurrent  cold  means  a  certain 
amount  of  hardship,  but  has  no  other  effect  unless 
too  prolonged.  Delicate  species,  of  necessity,  ad- 
vance more  slowly,  as  they  must  wait  until  spring 
weather  is  settled. 

The  northward  flight  of  migrants  in  general  is 
initiated  when  wind  and  temperature  are  favorable. 
If  a  sudden  storm  arises,  the  weaker  migrants,  if 
over  land,  must  descend  to  await  better  conditions. 
If  over  water,  they  may  be  lost.  Storms  coming  late 
in  spring  often  overtake  the  height  of  the  small-bird 
migration,  and  may  entail  much  suffering,  destitu- 
tion, and  loss  of  life.  Yet  such  conditions  are  so 
regularly  met  that  most  species  pass  through  them 
with  discomfort  but  without  particular  danger,  ex- 
cept when  they  are  unwontedly  severe.  On  many 
occasions  snows  during  the  first  week  in  May  greet 
warblers  and  flycatchers  in  the  northern  states,  and 
for  a  day  or  two  these  small  creatures  may  be  seen 
hopping  about  in  unusual  situations  where  there 
may  be  a  chance  for  food  or  shelter.  Though  many 
may  perish,  usually  the  weather  moderates  before 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  57 

there  Is  great  mortality.  Such  storms  are  more 
dangerous  in  their  effect  on  food-supply  than  in  the 
cold  that  they  bring,  as  most  species  of  birds  can 
endure  cold  if  they  are  properly  fed. 

With  some  species  the  return  southward  in  au- 
tumn comes  long  before  there  is  any  cold.  Yellow 
warblers,  Baltimore  orioles,  kingbirds,  the  Euro- 
pean cuckoo,  and  many  shore-birds,  in  both  eastern 
and  western  hemispheres,  crowd  south  before  the 
close  of  summer,  when  there  is  no  meteorological 
change  to  warrant  it.  Others  linger  until  cold  nights 
and  frosts  warn  of  approaching  extremes,  and  then 
move  south  rapidly.  Some  linger  until  cold  storms 
actually  strike  their  northern  ranges. 

Movement  among  these  later  migrants  is  noticed 
especially  in  areas  immediately  south  of  the  belt 
where  cold  winters  are  prevalent.  In  southeastern 
Kansas,  at  the  northern  edge  of  the  Austro-riparian 
life-zone,  during  November  and  December  new 
arrivals  among  migrant  sparrows,  thrushes,  and 
blackbirds  are  noted  with  every  storm  reported  in 
the  north,  indicating  that  many  birds  linger  in  the 
north  to  the  last  possible  moment.  Similarly,  freez- 
ing weather  far  north  is  frequently  responsible  for 
great  flights  of  ducks  or  of  Wilson's  snipe  to  southern 
areas,  where  the  birds  arrive  in  abundance  before 
the  press  of  severe  conditions  in  regions  to  the 
northward. 


58  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Speed  of  Flight  in  Birds 

The  speed  that  birds  regularly  make  in  flight,  a 
subject  of  considerable  speculation  and  theory  in  the 
past,  but  one  concerning  which  there  has  been  little 
definite  information  available  until  recent  years,  is  a 
matter  of  pertinent  inquiry  when  considering 
migration. 

Early  observers  had  few  definite  data  at  hand 
regarding  speed,  but  were  conservative  in  their 
estimates.  Gatke,  however,  in  his  studies  on  Heligo- 
land, became  obsessed  with  the  idea  that  most  birds 
performed  the  greater  part  of  their  migration  flight 
in  a  single  night,  and  with  this  as  a  basis,  deduced 
extraordinary  rates  of  travel,  which,  unfortunately, 
have  been  widely  quoted  and  copied.  Through  in- 
genious but  misleading  estimates  he  rates  the  mi- 
gratory flight  of  the  northern  blue-throat,  a  thrush 
smaller  than  the  American  hermit  thrush,  at  i8o  to 
240  miles  per  hour,  the  hooded  crow  at  108  miles, 
the  golden  plover  at  212  miles,  and  plovers,  curlews, 
and  godwits  in  general  at  about  4  miles  per  minute, 
or  240  miles  per  hour !  These  tremendous  speeds  he 
believed  possible  through  flight  at  great  altitudes,  up 
to  40,000  feet  above  the  earth,  where  he  supposed 
that  the  rarefied  air  offered  less  resistance!  His 
statements  are  exceeded  by  a  correspondent  of  "The 
Field"  who  considers  that  the  "cave-swallow"  of 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  59 

Ceylon  (probably  a  species  of  swift)  is  the  fastest- 
flying  bird  since  he  states  that  the  noise  made  by 
flocks  of  these  birds  may  be  heard  as  they  pass,  but 
that  the  birds  themselves  move  so  rapidly  that  they 
may  not  be  seen !  ^  These  statements,  it  is  hardly 
necessary  to  say,  are  wholly  erroneous. 

During  the  past  ten  years  reliable  data  on  the 
subject  of  flight  have  accumulated  slowly.  In  191 6  I 
published  records  secured  by  timing  the  flight  of  a 
number  of  birds  by  means  of  the  speedometer  of  an 
automobile,  and  in  such  diverse  forms  as  herons, 
hawks,  horned  larks,  ravens,  and  shrikes  found  the 
rate  to  vary  from  22  to  28  miles  per  hour.  Flight  in 
all  these  cases  was  normal  and  unhurried.  Records 
of  another  observer,  H.  B.  Wood,='  show  speeds  of 
only  10  to  17  miles  per  hour  for  Arkansas  kingbirds 
and  scissor-tailed  flycatchers.  Hugh  Gladstone  cites 
other  records  2  in  which  it  was  found  that  the  willow- 
warbler  travelled  at  23  J  miles  per  hour,  the  pied  wag- 
tail at  25,  the  European  blackbird  over  22,  missel 
thrush  23,  and  the  cuckoo  23  miles  per  hour. 

Passing  over  scattered  notes  that  verify  the 
figures  just  cited  we  come  to  a  far  more  comprehen- 
sive study  by  Col.  R.  Meinertzhagen  in  the  "Ibis'* 

^  Quoted  by  Gladstone,  Record  Bags  and  Shooting  Records  (1922), 
p.  189. 

»  Bird-Lore,  1923,  p.  121. 

3  Record  Bags  and  Shooting  Records  (1922),  p.  185. 


6o  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

for  1 921  (pages  228-238),  based  on  observations  by 
means  of  theodolites  designed  to  estimate  the  speed 
of  airplanes  at  anti-aircraft  stations,  by  stop 
watches  along  measured  courses,  and  by  readings 
from  travelling  airplanes.  From  these  notes  the  fol- 
lowing records  of  speed  in  flight  may  be  cited. 

Miles  per  hour 

Members  of  the  crow  family  (Corvidae) 31  to  45 

Smaller  perching  birds  (as  larks,  pipits,  buntings) .  20  to  37 

Starlings 38  to  49 

Geese 42  to  55 

Ducks 44  to  59 

Falcons 40  to  48 

Sand  Grouse 43  to  47 

The  greatest  speed  recorded  definitely  was  that  of 
swifts  (apparently  the  common  swift  of  Eurasia) 
recorded  from  an  airplane  in  Mesopotamia.  These 
passed  the  observing  plane  and  circled  about  it 
easily  when  it  was  travelling  at  68  miles  per  hour. 
This  and  other  observations  seem  to  give  approxi- 
mately 70  miles  per  hour  as  the  normal  rate  at 
which  some  swifts  feed  and  travel,  a  speed  that  can 
be  accelerated  to  fully  100  miles  per  hour  for  pleas- 
ure, or  in  case  necessity  arises  to  escape  from  dan- 
ger. E.  C.  Stuart-Baker  ^  in  India  timed  two  species 
of  swifts  [Chaetura  nudipes  and  C.  cochinchinensis) 
with  stop  watches  over  a  two-mile  course  and  found 
that  they  were  able  to  cover  this  distance  in  from  36 

^  British  Birds i  xvi,  1922,  p.  31. 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  6i 

to  42  seconds,  or  at  the  rate  of  17 1.4  to  200  miles  per 
hour.  These  jfigures  may  offer  some  solace  to  those 
who,  like  myself,  have  expended  considerable  am- 
munition in  collecting  specimens  of  the  white- 
throated  and  other  swifts  as  they  circled  in  the  wind 
over  high  ridges  or  mountain  headlands. 

Most  birds  when  frightened  are  capable  of  in- 
creasing their  speed  above  the  figures  indicated,  to 
enable  them  to  escape  momentary  perils,  • —  per- 
haps for  short  distances  to  double  the  normal  rates, 
—  but  cannot  long  maintain  such  exaggerated 
efforts.  It  is  certain  that  migrations  are  performed 
at  the  usual  rate  of  normal  flight,  as  by  pursuing 
this  steady  course  birds  conserve  their  strength  and 
avoid  the  fatigue  and  exhaustion  that  undue  speed 
would  entail.  Eagle  Clarke  has  recorded  that  mi- 
grants passing  lightships  flew  without  hurry  or 
strain  to  attain  speed,  though  their  flight  was  at- 
tended by  businesslike  method,  without  delay. 

If  we  consider  ten  hours  as  a  fair  stretch  of  flight 
over  land,  the  speeds  cited  would  carry  crows  310  to 
450  miles  in  a  ten-hour  day,  the  smaller  birds  from 
200  to  370  miles,  ducks  from  440  to  590  miles,  and 
geese  from  420  to  550  miles — considerable  dis- 
tances when  direct  airlines  are  considered,  that 
would  cover  the  ordinary  migration  route  from 
Canada  or  the  northern  states  south  to  the  Gulf 
Coast,  Central  America,  the  West  Indies,  or  even 


62  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

northern  South  America,  in  a  relatively  short  time. 
It  is  highly  probable  that  most  migrations  are  per- 
formed in  a  leisurely  manner,  and  that  after  a  flight 
of  a  few  hours,  the  bird  pauses  to  feed  and  rest  for 
one  or  several  days  if  it  finds  itself  in  congenial  sur- 
roundings. 

The  Sense  of  Direction  in  Birds 

No  less  wonderful  than  the  fact  of  migration  itself 
is  the  regularity  and  system  with  which  birds  pursue 
journeys  that  in  many  cases  cover  thousands  of 
miles  across  the  earth's  surface.  Let  us  consider  for 
a  moment  the  instance  of  a  white-throated  sparrow 
(no.  38160),  banded  by  Mr.  S.  P.  Baldwin  on  an 
estate  near  Thomasville,  Georgia,  on  March  5,  191 6. 
As  the  white-throat  nests  in  the  northern  portion  of 
eastern  North  America,  from  Massachusetts,  New 
York,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  and  northeastern 
Wyoming,  north  to  Great  Bear  Lake  and  Labrador, 
this  individual  was  in  its  winter  range  when  cap- 
tured in  Georgia.  Subsequently  this  identical  bird, 
identified  by  its  numbered  band,  was  trapped  on 
March  7  and  19,  1917,  on  several  occasions  from 
February  25  to  March  22,  1920,  and  on  March  27, 
1 92 1,  in  each  case  within  one  hundred  yards  of  the 
spot  where  it  was  first  secured.  Since  this  was  its 
winter  home,  we  must  assume  that  on  each  of  the 
years  from  191 6  to  1921   this  bird  had  migrated 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  6;^ 

north  to  breed,  and  had  subsequently  returned  to 
spend  the  winter  in  one  particular  area  of  thicket, 
brush-pile,  and  open  glade  in  southern  Georgia. 
Such  precision  of  movement  impresses  one  as  truly 
remarkable. 

The  regularity  with  which  birds  move,  appear, 
and  disappear  during  migration  has  naturally  oc- 
casioned much  comment,  and  has  resulted  in  various 
theories  that  attempt  to  explain  it.  Thus  a  peculiar 
magnetic  sense  whereby  birds  are  attracted  by  the 
magnetic  pole;  a  special  nasal  sense  that  enables 
identification  of  air-currents  and  other  phenomena; 
the  direction  of  regular  winds;  the  angle  or  direction 
of  the  sun,  and  of  light  rays;  a  reflex  attraction, 
masked  by  one  author  under  the  caption  of  tropism; 
memory  of  routes  once  traversed;  telepathy;  direct 
perception  of  the  point  toward  which  the  journey  is 
directed;  and  hereditary  memory  of  the  route  to  be 
traversed,  all  have  been  put  forward  as  hypotheses 
to  explain  the  facility  with  which  birds  reach  distant 
points.  All  have  had  their  champions,  and  with  all 
this  divergence  of  opinion,  it  must  be  admitted  that 
the  matter  is  as  yet  far  from  definitely  settled. 

Mr.  A.  H.  Clark  ^  has  presented  a  clear  statement 
of  what  he  considers  to  be  the  method  of  pathfinding 
employed  by  the  golden  plover  in  its  journey  south 
to  South  America.    This  he  attributes  to  a  course 

»  Juk,  1905,  pp.  134-140. 


64  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

laid  in  accordance  with  prevailing  winds,  as  he  con- 
siders, from  observations  made  in  the  West  Indies, 
that  the  birds  tend  to  travel  across  the  wind,  which 
thus  shapes  their  line  of  direction.  On  this  basis  he 
considers  that,  on  leaving  the  coast  from  Labrador 
south  to  Nova  Scotia,  the  birds  travel  southeast 
across  prevailing  southwesterly  winds.  This  would 
change  to  a  southwest  course  when  the  northeast 
trades  were  encountered  at  a  point  east  of  the 
Bahamas,  and  so  carry  the  birds  to  the  northern 
coast  of  South  America. 

Some  have  considered  that  birds  are  sufficiently 
observant  to  be  able  to  guide  a  course  by  the  sun  by 
day,  or  by  the  moon  and  the  stars  by  night,  a  propo- 
sition with  certain  merits,  that  has  been  set  forth 
recently  by  Mr.  William  Brewster  in  his  posthumous 
work  on  the  Birds  of  the  Lake  Umbagog  region  of 
Maine.^  Mr.  Brewster  considers  it  possible  that 
birds  make  note  of  the  heavenly  bodies  and  direct 
their  courses  accordingly.  This  may  be  wholly 
probable  in  some  instances,  but  fails  as  a  final,  com- 
plete explanation  when  we  consider  the  regular 
flights  that  are  carried  on  during  cloudy  or  rainy 
weather,  when  the  sun  or  the  stars  are  obscured, 
or  the  apparently  marvellous  way  in  which  some 
species  travel  without  hesitation  through  dense  fogs. 
Though  many  become  lost  at  such  times,  particu- 

^  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zobl.  (June,  1924),  Ixvi,  32,  2^. 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  65 

larly  where  puzzled  by  lights,  others  move  without 
difficulty.  Mr.  Brewster  cites  the  ease  with  which 
common  terns  return  to  their  nesting-ground  on 
Muskegat  Island  through  the  densest  fog,  and  such 
phenomena  are  of  common  occurrence  with  the  auk- 
lets  and  murres  of  Alaskan  waters,  as  these  birds 
drive  directly  for  their  island  rookeries,  without  any 
apparent  hesitation,  through  the  thickest  weather 
imaginable.  In  fact,  the  courses  that  they  take  are 
often  serviceable  to  sailors  bewildered  by  fogs  as 
they  indicate  the  direction  of  land. 

As  a  basis  for  consideration  of  the  problem  of  how 
birds  find  their  way,  it  will  be  profitable  first  to  con- 
sider the  case  of  the  homing  pigeon,  and  the  little 
that  is  definitely  known  of  the  method  of  its  homing 
activity  aside  from  the  fact  that  it  is  capable  of  re- 
turning to  its  cote  without  great  loss  of  time  from 
distances  up  to  1,000  miles.  Those  interested  in  the 
sport  of  racing  pigeons  recognize  individual  ability 
among  their  birds,  and  develop  strains  rated  high 
for  the  number  of  birds  produced  that  are  able  to 
compete  successfully  in  distance  flights.  Birds  that 
are  to  be  used  in  races  each  year  are  put  through  a 
regular  course  of  training  that  involves  flights,  first 
of  a  few  miles,  and  then  others  of  increasingly 
greater  distance.  One  fancier  thus  regularly  flew  his 
birds  over  courses  of  9,  18,  ;^;^,  45  and  66  miles,  after 
which  the  distance  was  increased  to  100,  200,  400, 


66  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

60O5  and  finally,  in  some  instances,  to  1,000  miles,  all 
in  more  or  less  the  same  direction.  The  percentage 
of  returns  and  the  short  periods  required  for  the 
journey  in  case  of  some  of  the  longer  flights  are 
truly  marvellous. 

Two  factors  seem  to  enter,  first,  some  peculiar 
attribute  that  for  lack  of  a  better  name  we  may 
term  a  sense  of  direction,  which  drives  the  flier  on 
the  proper  course,  and,  second,  a  memory  of  place 
that  enables  the  pigeon  to  recognize  landmarks  in 
the  vicinity  of  its  home  when  it  has  arrived. 

It  must  be  admitted  that,  though  recognition  of 
landmarks  that  guide  the  bird  on  its  journey  are  of 
assistance  in  travelling  air-lanes  crossed  on  previous 
occasions,  this  cannot  wholly  explain  the  ability  that 
enables  a  bird  successfully  to  drive  across  unfamihar 
areas  a  hundred,  or  several  hundred,  miles  in  extent. 
In  most  instances  there  can  be  no  dependence  upon 
sight  recognition  of  distant  landmarks,  as  many  ex- 
periments, in  fact  the  main  ones  that  have  been  re- 
ported in  this  country,  have  been  carried  out  in 
regions  of  low  relief,  where  landmarks  would  not  be 
visible  beyond  25  to  50  miles  even  from  a  point  a 
thousand  feet  or  more  above  the  earth.  Further- 
more, experiment  has  shown  that  in  good  strains  of 
homing  pigeons  it  is  possible  for  a  fair  proportion  of 
young  birds  to  return  to  their  homes  from  a  distance 
of  15  to  20  miles,  when  they  have  not  had  the  ad- 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  67 

vantage  of  special  training  for  racing,  and  even 
where  their  previous  flights  have  been  limited  to 
short  distances.  A  faculty  of  perceptive  orientation, 
in  which  the  bird  makes  conscious  or  unconscious 
note  of  the  direction  travelled,  may  however  figure, 
as  in  experiments  by  Hodge  some  years  ago,  pigeons 
carried  in  an  open  cage  to  a  point  some  distance 
from  their  cote  started  for  home  without  great  de- 
lay, while  others  whose  cage  during  transit  was  cov- 
ered closely  by  a  black  shawl  seemed  bewildered  for 
a  time. 

The  case  of  the  migratory  small  bird  is  the  more 
complex  since  it  performs  much  of  its  migratory 
flight  at  night,  indifferently  in  the  light  or  dark  of 
the  moon,  at  times  under  weather  conditions  when 
landmarks  cannot  be  visible  for  any  considerable 
distance.  Also  many  of  these  flights  carry  the  voy- 
agers across  broad  stretches  of  open  sea  where  there 
are  no  lines  of  guidance  of  any  description,  if  we 
except  certain  steady  winds  that  prevail  in  some 
latitudes,  or  the  possibility  of  following  the  lines  of 
ocean  currents. 

Some  have  considered  that  birds  that  have  pre- 
viously made  the  southward  journey  serve  as  guides 
for  the  young  and  inexperienced,  which  may  be  true 
in  a  few  cases  but  cannot  be  accepted  as  the  full  and 
final  explanation,  since  frequently  old  and  young 
birds  migrate  at  different  times.  Adult  cuckoos  are 


68  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

said  to  leave  England  several  weeks  before  the 
young  essay  migratory  flight.  The  young  cowbird 
of  the  United  States,  reared  by  a  foster-parent, 
flocks  with  other  young  of  its  kind  when  grown,  and 
in  many  instances  can  hardly  have  adult  guidance 
in  migration.  Nor  can  we  fall  back  upon  guidance 
through  leadership  of  experienced  birds  of  other 
species,  since  all  birds  do  not  follow  the  same  route. 
It  is  difficult  to  explain  under  the  guise  of  leadership 
the  diff'erence  in  line  of  flight  between  the  Baird's 
sparrow,  which  passes  to  the  southwest  from  the 
prairies  of  Dakota,  and  the  Leconte's  and  Nelson's 
sparrows,  which  fly  directly  south  or  southeast  from 
the  same  point.  Under  these  circumstances  one 
must  think  that  under  leadership  of  other  forms 
there  would  be  constant  sad  confusion  among  young 
birds,  which  does  not  happen. 

The  movements  of  many  seabirds  are  still  more  in 
point.  Two  species  of  albatross,  the  wedge-tailed 
shearwater,  and  the  white-breasted  petrel,  nest  on 
certain  islands  in  the  Hawaiian  Bird  Reservation. 
During  part  of  the  year  these  birds  travel  to  distant 
points  on  the  open  sea,  yet  return  to  the  same  low 
sand  islands  each  year  to  nest.  The  reflection  of  the 
green  water  inside  the  coral  reefs,  thrown  on  the  sky, 
perceptible  to  those  accustomed  to  it  when  the 
atolls  are  below  the  line  of  vision,  might  explain  the 
return  to  islands  within  20  or  30  miles,  but  will  not 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  69 

serve  as  an  explanation  of  the  instinct  that  guides 
these  birds  in  their  return  to  the  general  region  from 
a  distance  of  hundreds  of  miles. 

Still  more  remarkable  is  the  case  of  the  Mother 
Carey's  chicken,  and  other  petrels  and  shearwaters 
that  nest  near  or  in  Antarctic  regions,  and  after  the 
breeding  season  spread  northward  until  they  cross 
the  Equator.  As  these  birds  may  spend  most  of  the 
resting  cycle  between  periods  of  reproduction  out  of 
sight  of  land,  no  one  can  allege  that  any  recognition 
of  a  route  once  traversed  guides  them  on  their  re- 
turn to  their  nesting  grounds. 

Penguins,  birds  with  wings  developed  as  paddles 
that  have  entirely  lost  the  power  of  flight,  nest  on 
various  islands,  mainly  in  Antarctic  regions.  Some 
species  at  least  perform  wandering  migrations  which 
carry  them  for  considerable  distances  across  open 
seas  during  seasons  when  they  are  not  breeding.  As 
the  birds  have  not  been  thoroughly  studied  these 
movements  are  not  well  understood,  so  that  much 
remains  to  be  learned  of  the  distances  that  they 
wander.  It  is  known  that  the  Magellanic  penguin, 
which  breeds  on  islands  in  the  Straits  of  Magellan 
and  elsewhere  in  the  south,  comes  north  regularly  in 
winter  to  the  coasts  of  the  Province  of  Buenos  Aires 
and  eastern  Uruguay,  and  even  to  Rio  Grande  do 
Sul  in  Southern  Brazil.  I  have  seen  dead  bodies  of 
many  which  had  perished  from  some  cause,  cast  on 


70  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

the  beach  at  La  Paloma  in  eastern  Uruguay.  The 
regress  of  these  wandering  individuals  to  their 
proper  breeding  ground  can  hardly  be  attributed  to 
any  use  of  landmarks,  since  they  swim  at  sea.  Yet 
they  return  regularly  to  their  homes.  At  the  Falk- 
land Islands  penguins,  though  present  throughout 
the  year,  come  in  abundance  for  the  breeding  season. 
The  return  of  these  voyagers  seems  wholly  mysteri- 
ous unless  we  assume  that  they  have  some  instinct  of 
direction  to  guide  them. 

As  further  instances  of  the  homing  habit  we  may 
cite  the  case  of  the  frigate-bird,  which  in  the  Tua- 
motu,  Gilbert,  and  Marshall  Islands,  and  probably 
elsewhere  in  the  tropical  Pacific,  has  been  utilized  by 
natives  as  a  carrier  of  messages  between  islands  far 
distant  from  one  another  as  regularly  as  pigeons  were 
utilized  for  a  similar  purpose  in  the  Middle  Ages,  in 
Persia,  Serbia,  and  Egypt.  In  fact,  the  frigate-bird 
may  be  termed  the  carrier  pigeon  of  the  Pacific.  The 
great  birds  are  reared  from  the  nest,  tamed,  and 
accustomed  to  certain  perches.  Carried  to  other 
islands,  they  are  released  with  messages  which  in  a 
few  hours  they  carry  to  their  proper  home.  Mr. 
W.  G.  Anderson  of  Honolulu,  tells  me  that  formerly 
he  tamed  frigate-birds  on  Fanning  Island  near  the 
Equator,  and  that  when  he  crossed  to  Washington 
Island,  eighty  miles  distant,  he  regularly  took  one  of 
these  birds  and  released  it  on  his  arrival  with  a  mes- 


NOCTURNAL  MIGRATION  71 

sage  which  it  carried  to  his  family  on  Fanning,  out  of 
sight  below  the  horizon. 

Certain  experiments  in  the  homing  instinct  made 
by  Dr.  J.  B.  Watson  on  noddy  and  sooty  terns  at 
the  Dry  Tortugas  Islands,  off  the  southwest  coast  of 
Florida,  are  highly  pertinent  in  this  connection.  It 
may  be  noted  by  way  of  introduction  that  these  two 
terns  are  tropical  species  that  here  occupy  their 
most  northern  breeding  point  in  these  seas.  They 
come  to  these  islands  from  the  south,  and  are  not 
known  to  wander  any  appreciable  distance  beyond 
them  to  the  north. 

In  one  case  twelve  sooty  and  twelve  noddy  terns 
captured  on  the  Tortugas,  and  marked  to  enable 
subsequent  identification,  were  conveyed  on  a  ship 
en  route  to  Galveston,  and  released  at  distances 
varying  from  400  to  800  miles  from  their  nesting 
colony.  Thirteen  of  these  birds  returned  to  their 
nests  on  the  Tortugas,  three  of  them  from  the  great- 
est distance  mentioned.  These  experiments  differ 
from  the  observations  given  for  homing  pigeons,  and 
it  is  concluded  that  these  two  species  of  terns  may 
return  from  a  distance  of  1,000  miles  to  their  nesting 
site,  over  an  open  sea  that  is  supposed  to  be  wholly 
unfamiliar  to  them.  Watson  is  unwilling  to  hazard 
a  statement  as  to  the  actual  cause  of  this  homing 
ability,  but  it  may  appear  that  it  comes  from  what 
may  be  termed  a  sense  of  direction.   It  is  significant 


72  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

that,  though  these  birds  were  kept  below  decks, 
where  they  had  no  opportunity  to  orient  themselves, 
on  release  they  started  flight  to  the  east,  in  the 
proper  direction  to  carry  them  toward  their  home. 
If  we  are  willing  to  attribute  a  sense  of  direction 
to  some  mammals,  including  man  in  certain  in- 
stances, I  see  no  reason  why  we  should  deny  its  de- 
velopment in  a  high  degree  in  migratory  birds.  Most 
of  us  are  familiar  with  incidents  of  homing  in  domes- 
tic cats  and  dogs,  and  may  apply  the  same  principle 
to  birds.  Certainly  an  instinct  for  direction  should 
excite  no  more  astonishment  than  the  instinct  for 
nest-building  or  the  care  and  rearing  of  young, 
found  among  all  birds,  or  the  ability  to  swim  and  dive 
inherent  in  young  grebes,  ducks,  and  sandpipers, 
when  they  have  burst  the  shell  and  are  strong 
enough  to  move.  A  young  great  blue  heron  that  I 
reared  from  a  tiny  chick  grew  up  in  a  laboratory  and 
its  vicinity  wholly  removed  from  the  influence  of 
others  of  its  species.  The  fact  that,  when  nearly 
grown,  it  evinced  an  instinctive  interest  in  fish,  and 
for  hours  at  a  time  remained  motionless  watching 
the  movements  of  chubs  swimming  below  a  bridge, 
seems  more  remarkable  to  me  than  the  fact  that 
it  ultimately  left  me  and  wandered  as  do  other 
herons  in  autumn.  The  entire  problem  of  orienta- 
tion is  one  that  may  be  cleared  eventually  by  experi- 
ment, but  up  to  date  has  no  lucid  explanation. 


CHAPTER  III 
Regularity  of  Migration 

THE  regularity  of  travel  when  birds  are  on  mi- 
gration constitutes  one  of  the  most  interesting 
facts  in  connection  with  this  phenomenon  and  is  one 
familiar  to  all  ornithologists.  Through  years  of  ob- 
servation average  dates  of  spring  arrival  and  autumn 
departure  have  been  estabHshed  for  many  localities, 
and  birds  come  and  go  with  surprising  regularity  on 
their  appointed  dates.  Arrival  in  spring  is  particu- 
larly punctual  with  the  majority,  and  unusual  is  the 
season  when  the  first  of  the  travellers  fail  to  put  in 
their  appearance  within  a  few  days  of  the  average 
date.  Observations  on  dates  of  migration  over  a 
considerable  period  of  years  are  now  available  for 
the  United  States  and  Canada,  and  similar  data 
have  been  recorded  abundantly  for  western  Europe. 
At  Washington,  D.  C,  the  barn  swallow,  on  the 
average,  arrives  April  12,  the  least  flycatcher  May  2, 
the  chipping  sparrow  March  22,  and  the  house  wren 
April  18.  On  or  near  these  dates  one  is  always  sure 
to  find  them.  Individuals  which  breed  about  our 
homes,  which  arrive  often  with  the  bulk  of  the  flight 
following  a  few  days  after  the  earliest  arrivals,  come 


74  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

with  particular  promptness  on  their  appointed  days. 
Severe  indeed  is  the  weather  that  delays  them  for 
any  length  of  time. 

Departure  for  the  south  in  autumn  is  prompt,  but 
has  greater  range  of  variation,  particularly  in  middle 
latitudes,  as  prolonged  mild  weather  may  induce 
birds  to  remain  beyond  their  custom.  Many  late 
fall  records  are  based  on  individuals  that  have  been 
injured,  have  not  moulted  properly,  or  for  other  simi- 
lar reason  have  delayed  their  departure.  Many  of 
these  are  unable  to  migrate,  and  may  linger  along 
until  winter,  or  may  possibly  endure  through  the 
cold  weather.  Ducks  with  broken  wings,  or  other 
injuries  from  the  hunting  season,  often  winter  where 
they  can  find  open  water,  and  instances  of  winter 
occurrence  of  unusual  birds  are  frequently  recorded. 
Catbirds,  gnatcatchers,  and  tanagers  have  all  been 
found  in  the  north  in  midwinter,  and  in  December, 
when  the  ground  was  covered  with  snow,  the  Cape 
May  warbler  has  come  to  the  window-sills  of  the 
National  Museum.  The  red-headed  woodpecker  is  a 
bird  that  may  or  may  not  retire  southward,  appar- 
ently more  or  less  through  whim.  When  it  remains 
to  winter  in  the  north,  it  does  so  when  acorns  are 
abundant;  on  other  years,  when  mast  is  equally 
available,  it  retires  southward. 

As  a  general  rule,  among  small  birds  the  seed- 
eaters  compose  the  early  migrants  in  spring  as  they 


REGULARITY  OF  MIGRATION  75 

may  subsist  on  seeds  from  the  previous  season.  In- 
sect-feeders of  necessity  come  later,  when  the 
weather  has  moderated  to  permit  the  development 
of  plant  growth  that  may  shelter  and  feed  insects. 
In  autumn  the  process  is  reversed,  as  the  insect- 
feeders  leave  for  the  south  early  and  others  linger. 
The  phoebe  is  one  insect-eater  that  arrives  early  in 
spring,  but  usually  its  arrival  comes  shortly  after 
swarms  of  hardy  stone-flies  begin  to  emerge  from 
the  larval  state  in  which  they  have  lived  through  the 
winter  beneath  waters  of  streams,  and  fly  about,  or 
gather  on  shrubs,  trees,  and  stones  near  the  water, 
where  they  furnish  a  food-supply.  Some  other 
birds,  as  the  myrtle  warbler,  may  turn  to  a  vege- 
tarian diet  of  dried  berries,  and  so  eke  out  the  insect 
food  that  they  take  in  summer.  A  few,  as  the  brown 
creeper  and  golden-crowned  kinglet,  have  specialized 
methods  of  search  for  spiders  and  insects  in  a  state 
of  hibernation.  The  Carolina  wren  is  a  strictly  resi- 
dent form  that  feeds  mainly  on  animal  matter, 
which  it  secures  in  winter  by  search  under  fallen 
leaves  and  other  vegetation,  and  in  crevices  about 
logs,  sticks  and  stones.  Cold  seems  to  have  little 
effect  upon  it;  but  when  heavy  snows  come  and  re- 
main for  several  weeks,  these  wrens  are  in  hard 
straits  and  many  are  killed.  Those  that  survive  may 
be  seen  searching  the  eaves  of  buildings,  curls  of 
birch  bark,  or  drift  left  by  heavy  floods  in  the  limbs 


76  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

of  trees,  for  what  food  they  may  find.  Near  the 
northern  limit  of  their  range  deep  snows  periodically 
reduce  them  almost  to  extinction,  yet  they  do  not 
attempt  a  southward  flight  to  escape. 

Abundance  of  birds  during  migration  is  also  a 
point  of  considerable  interest.  Observers  record  two 
distinct  stages  in  the  movements  of  migratory  birds 
on  their  return  north  in  spring,  the  date  of  first  ar- 
rival, when  possibly  a  single  individual  may  be  seen 
in  some  particularly  favored  haunt,  and  the  date 
when  the  species  becomes  common,  which  represents 
a  period  when  seasonal  conditions  become  generally 
favorable.  Some  birds  arrive  in  numbers  when  first 
noted,  but  usually  the  date  of  bulk  arrival  is  deferred 
for  a  few  days  or  a  week,  or,  rarely,  for  as  long  as  a 
month  after  the  first  have  been  seen.  With  birds 
that  do  not  nest  at  the  point  of  observation  the 
period  of  bulk  arrival  is  followed  by  a  time  during 
which  the  species  is  seen  regularly;  and  then  sud- 
denly the  majority  disappear  and  only  stragglers 
may  be  found  until  finally  the  last  of  these  are  gone. 
Counting  early  and  late  stragglers,  the  migration 
thus  may  extend  over  a  period  of  two,  or  even  three 
months,  but  its  main  part  is  usually  crowded  within 
ten  to  twenty  days  at  the  time  when  conditions  are 
most  favorable.  The  length  of  time  of  possible  oc- 
currence, of  course,  decreases  steadily  in  species  of 
late  average  arrival. 


REGULARITY  OF  MIGRATION  77 

In  general  in  spring  migration  there  are  two  main 
periods  of  abundance  in  the  central  portions  of  the 
United  States,  the  first  of  which  is  in  early  spring 
as  soon  as  snow  leaves  the  ground.  Crowds  of  hardy 
migrants  arrive,  and  hordes  of  species  uncommon 
in  winter  pass  from  more  southern  regions.  In  in- 
land areas  the  period  is  one  of  abundance  for  finches 
and  sparrows.  As  spring  opens  in  full,  and  the 
weather  moderates  at  more  northern  points,  the 
crest  of  this  early  wave  passes,  leaving  summer  resi- 
dents to  seek  their  breeding  grounds  and  later  ar- 
rivals to  straggle  through.  The  first  week  or  two  of 
April  often  represents  a  slack  period,  when  bird-life 
seems  scant  after  the  previous  abundance,  though 
arrivals  of  new  species  are  noted  constantly.  These 
later  migrants  increase  steadily  until  about  the 
middle  of  May,  when  the  great  seasonal  rush  of  the 
year  is  noted,  with  the  passing  of  warblers,  fly- 
catchers, vireos,  and  many  others;  and  it  is  then  that 
we  hope  to  make  our  largest  lists  of  species,  since 
early  laggards  and  late  arrivals  mingle  in  the  great- 
est abundance  of  the  year.  By  May  20  this  rush  is 
abated,  and  by  the  end  of  May  birds  are  on  their 
breeding  grounds  and  belated  migrants  are  few  in 
number. 

The  autumn  migration  pursues  a  more  even 
course.  The  earliest  arrivals  among  northern  shore- 
birds  are  noted  on  mud-bars  or  sandy  beaches  dur- 


78  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

ing  the  first  week  in  July,  hardly  more  than  a  month 
after  the  last  of  their  kind  were  recorded  in  north- 
ward flight.  The  yellow  warbler  completes  its  breed- 
ing and  starts  south  during  the  latter  part  of  this 
month.  Other  wood  warblers  begin  to  travel  in 
August,  and  in  mid-September  pass  in  abundance, 
with  vireos,  flycatchers,  and  similar  tree-haunting 
birds.  October,  particularly  in  the  Middle  West,  is 
preeminently  the  month  of  migrant  sparrows,  which 
form  a  wave  of  migration  equalled  only  by  the  gath- 
erings of  wild  ducks  on  some  of  the  northern 
marshes.  In  eastern  Kansas  near  the  tenth  of  Oc- 
tober I  have  found  sparrows  in  mixed  bands  con- 
taining thousands  of  individuals,  scattered  through 
hedges,  marshes,  and  weed  patches.  On  such  occa- 
sions I  have  in  the  course  of  a  day  recorded  five 
hundred  or  more  LeConte's  sparrows,  with  many 
hundreds  of  song,  Lincoln,  white-crowned,  and 
Harris  sparrows,  and  juncos,  and  smaller  numbers  of 
more  unusual  species.  From  the  close  of  this  month 
the  number  of  migrants  steadily  decreases,  until  the 
flood  of  movement  is  almost  stilled  by  the  arrival  of 
winter.  Irruptions  of  northern  species,  as  pine  and 
evening  grosbeaks,  redpolls,  siskins,  snow  buntings, 
and  longspurs,  may  continue,  however,  until  the 
opening  of  spring. 

There  is  cessation  of  migration  in  fact  only  during 
the  period  of  nesting,  and  even  at  that  time  there 


REGULARITY  OF  MIGRATION  79 

may  be  casual  wandering  among  Individuals  that  for 
some  reason  are  not  breeding.  Observations  on 
migration  may  thus  be  made  throughout  most  of  the 
year. 

Segregation  during  Migration 

Many  birds  are  distinctly  segregated  from  others 
of  their  kind  during  their  migrations  by  certain  in- 
dividual peculiarities.  Nighthawks  fly  in  separate 
companies  because  of  their  erratic  flight.  A  similar 
restriction  is  found  in  swifts,  whose  rapid  move- 
ments through  the  air  and  habit  of  roosting  in  hol- 
low trees  or  chimneys  cause  them  to  travel  apart 
from  any  other  birds.  Glossy  ibises,  crows,  king- 
birds, crossbills,  waxwings,  and  bobolinks,  for  rea- 
sons some  of  which  may  not  be  easily  apparent,  usu- 
ally are  found  gathered  with  others  of  their  kind 
during  their  travels. 

Flocks  of  swallows,  on  the  other  hand,  often  travel 
in  mixed  companies  composed  of  several  species,  as 
do  blackbirds  and  grackles,  shearwaters,  and  wood 
warblers.  Similarities  of  size,  form,  and  method  of 
search  for  food  draw  them  together.  It  is  probable 
that  many  sparrows  migrate  in  mixed  companies  as 
they  are  associated  thus  by  day;  but  there  is  no 
means  of  observing  definitely  their  nocturnal  pas- 
sages except  through  the  medium  of  their  call-notes, 


8o  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

which  seem  to  indicate  that  they  travel  in  flocks 
composed  of  several  species. 

Some  birds  in  migration  maintain  a  close  flock- 
formation,  as  is  seen  in  shore-birds,  blackbirds,  wax- 
wings,  longspurs,  and  snow  buntings.  Others  travel 
in  loose  order,  as  turkey  vultures,  bluejays,  warblers, 
pipits,  horned  larks,  and  bluebirds.  Still  others,  like 
great  horned  owls,  winter  wrens,  shrikes,  grebes,  and 
kingfishers,  travel  alone  in  ordinary  circumstances, 
and  appear  in  a  close  proximity  that  might  indicate 
flocking  only  where  abundant  food  or  other  unusual 
condition  draws  them  together.  There  is  some  geo- 
graphic variation  in  this  regard,  as  red-tailed  and 
rough-legged  hawks  in  eastern  North  America 
travel  singly,  but  in  the  middle  west,  may  be  found 
in  large  flocks. 

Migrations  among  males  and  females  of  the  same 
species  may  take  place  simultaneously,  or  the  two 
sexes  may  move  separately.  In  many  species  in 
spring  migration  the  males  are  the  first  arrivals  on 
the  nesting  ground,  as  under  the  territorial  theory 
each  one  is  under  necessity  of  selecting  a  site  for 
summer  occupancy.  Early  migrant  robins  are  usu- 
ally males,  the  first  song  sparrows  to  arrive  in  spring 
greet  us  with  cheerful  songs  that  betray  their  sex, 
the  first  tanagers  and  rose-breasted  grosbeaks  are 
usually  males;  in  the  two  last-mentioned  I  have  seen 
whole  flocks  made  up  of  these  bright-colored  indi- 


SEGREGATION  DURING  MIGRATION     8i 

viduals.  In  a  few  species  male  and  female  seem  to 
arrive  together  and  proceed  at  once  to  the  business 
of  preparing  a  home.  This  is  especially  true  of  some 
shore-birds,  that  go  to  the  far  northern  tundras, 
where  mating  may  take  place  almost  on  the  day  of 
arrival. 

In  late  summer,  after  the  nesting  season,  males 
frequently  flock  by  themselves  and  remain  in  bands 
until  autumn.  Yellow-headed  blackbirds  elect  such 
segregation,  as  do  most  of  the  surface  feeding  ducks, 
in  which  males  desert  the  females  before  the  eggs  are 
hatched.  Such  bands  tend  to  hold  their  coherence 
until  time  for  departure  for  the  south,  and  so  the 
sexes  may  in  part  travel  in  separate  bands.  Especial 
attention  has  been  paid  to  ducks  in  this  regard,  and 
it  has  been  found  that  often  males  will  pass  in  flight 
at  certain  times  to  the  exclusion  of  females;  again 
the  flocks  will  mix,  or  bands  of  females  will  out- 
number the  males.  Once  they  are  near  the  winter 
home,  all  this  changes  and  the  sexes  intermingle.  In 
fact,  some  of  the  preliminaries  of  pairing,  or  actual 
mating  itself,  are  carried  on  in  the  south.  Black 
ducks  are  frequently  found  in  pairs  as  early  as  Janu- 
ary, with  female  leading  and  the  male  following  as 
they  take  flight,  a  certain  indication  that  the  birds 
are  paired.  These  paired  individuals  naturally  mi- 
grate north  in  spring  together,  though  among  other 
ducks  of  the  same  species  that  are  not  mated  the 
sexes  may  fly  separately. 


82  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Among  northern  shore-birds  the  earliest  arrivals  in 
autumn  are  quite  likely  to  be  females,  who  press 
southward  immediately  when  eggs  have  been  de- 
posited. I  have  suspected  that  these  early  migrants 
may  be  those  whose  nests  have  been  destroyed  in 
some  way,  though  certain  observations  hint  that  a 
number  of  shore-birds  share  in  part  at  least  the  habits 
of  phalaropeSj  a  group  in  which  the  female  leaves  the 
care  of  eggs  and  young  wholly  to  the  male. 

Where  there  is  segregation  of  the  sexes,  the  young 
often  accompany  the  female.  In  fact,  we  may  ex- 
plain the  flockings  of  such  ducks  as  mallards  if  we 
consider  that  the  autumn  flocks  of  males  are  mainly 
the  old  drakes  that  have  remained  banded  together 
since  the  breeding  season,  while  the  mixed  flocks  of 
early  fall  are  females  accompanied  by  young  of  both 
sexes. 

When  young  are  grown,  in  many  cases  the  parents 
drive  them  away  to  avoid  their  ceaseless  calls  for 
food,  and  so  force  them  to  shift  for  themselves. 
Many  times  bands  of  juvenile  individuals  are  built 
up,  which  must  retain  some  coherence  in  subsequent 
migrations.  In  Alaska,  in  August,  I  have  found 
young  Alaskan  longspurs  banding  in  flocks  in  the 
vegetation  back  of  the  beaches,  with  hardly  any 
adults  among  them.  Young  cowbirds  may  forsake 
their  foster  parents  to  flock  together  in  bands  that 
travel  south  in  company,  though  perhaps  joining 


SEGREGATION  DURING  MIGRATION     83 

adults  later.  It  is  said  that  in  England  adult  cuckoos 
depart  early  for  the  Continent,  leaving  their  young 
to  follow  as  best  they  may.  As  a  contrast  to  this  in- 
difference, we  may  look  to  the  Canada  goose,  in 
which  families  remain  together  through  the  summer, 
adults  shedding  their  feathers  and  undergoing  the 
wing  moult  that  renders  them  flightless  during  the 
period  of  growth  in  their  offspring,  so  that  old  and 
young  emerge  strong  on  the  wing  at  the  same  time. 

Abundance  of  individuals  of  a  species  during 
migration  depends  upon  a  number  of  factors.  Kirt- 
land's  warblers  are  seldom  seen,  because  they  are 
few  in  number  and  have  a  restricted  range.  Phila- 
delphia vireos  and  Cape  May  warblers  cover  a  wide 
area,  but  are  so  scattered  that  it  is  unusual  to  see 
more  than  two  or  three  in  a  day  under  the  most  fa- 
vorable circumstances.  An  abundance  of  food  may 
draw  together  short-eared  owls,  bitterns,  or  great 
blue  herons,  species  normally  of  solitary  habit,  until 
many  are  assembled  in  a  small  area.  This  same 
factor  may  assemble  birds  of  true  fleck  habit  in  tre- 
mendous numbers.  On  Great  Salt  Lake  I  have  seen 
northern  phalaropes  in  bands  of  well  over  one  hun- 
dred thousand,  drawn  together  by  an  abundance  of 
brine  shrimp  and  alkali  fly  larvae.  The  same  food 
attractions  cause  assemblages  of  eared  grebes  in 
that  locality. 

In  species  of  restricted  range  abundance  is  ob- 


84  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

viously  to  be  sought  near  the  center  of  the  migration 
path,  and  individuals  will  become  increasingly  rare 
as  the  borders  of  the  range  are  approached.  In  the 
Plains  region  aquatic  birds  are  abundant  in  autumn 
migration  if  autumn  rains  fill  ponds  and  marshes  so 
that  suitable  feeding  grounds  are  available.  In  dry 
seasons  few  or  none  are  seen,  as  there  is  nothing  to 
attract  them.  The  assumption  is  that  in  dry  seasons 
they  pass  overhead  but,  as  there  are  no  feeding 
grounds  do  not  descend.  In  this  same  region  in 
spring  these  water-birds  abound,  since  the  winter 
snows  and  rains  have  provided  a  suitable  habitat. 

Migration  among  supposedly 
Resident  Birds 

There  are  in  all  temperate  regions  certain  birds 
which,  as  a  species,  are  resident,  but  yet  among 
whose  individuals  there  is  a  certain  amount  of  mi- 
gratory movement.  Bluejays  and  woodpeckers,  nut- 
hatches and  chickadees,  may  be  present  constantly 
through  the  year,  yet  the  individuals  seen  in  winter 
are  not  always  the  same  as  those  observed  during 
summer. 

The  white-breasted  nuthatch  is  an  excellent  illus- 
tration of  slight  migratory  movement  among  indi- 
vidual birds  of  resident  species.  In  the  vicinity  of 
Washington  the  land  shows  two  major  topographic 


MIGRATION  AMONG  RESIDENT  BIRDS    85 

features  —  the  edge  of  the  Piedmont  plateau  with 
its  line  of  falls,  and  below  it  the  coastal  plain, 
stretching  out  toward  distant  arms  of  the  ocean. 
The  nuthatch  nests  regularly  in  the  higher  region, 
and  may  be  resident  there  in  part,  since*  the  same 
nuthatches  (marked  by  bands)  come  to  my  window 
feeding- shelf  summer  and  winter.  In  the  coastal 
plain  the  nuthatch  is  absent  during  summer,  except 
rarely,  but  in  late  autumn  appears  in  fair  abundance 
in  wooded  bottoms,  and  remains  until  the  following 
March  or  April.  Even  as  far  up  the  Potomac  as 
Plummer's  Island,  which  is  within  the  break  of  the 
fall  line,  there  is  noted  an  increase  in  its  numbers  in 
winter.  In  fact  it  is  usually  absent  there  in  summer. 
Obviously  in  this  species  there  is  a  spread  or  migra- 
tion outside  the  breeding  range.  The  source  of  the 
winter  immigrants  may  be  determined  only  through 
banded  individuals. 

The  black-capped  chickadee  in  winter  on  occasion 
invades  the  ranges  of  the  more  southern  Carolina 
chickadee,  as  the  blackcap  has  been  recorded  at 
Chevy  Chase,  Maryland,  a  suburb  of  Washington, 
though  it  is  not  known  to  breed  at  any  point  nearby. 

The  bluejay  is  a  species  of  secretive  disposition 
but  showy  form  that  is  present  in  most  of  its  range 
throughout  the  year.  Yet  at  Washington,  with  the 
coming  of  cool  weather,  at  the  end  of  September,  or 
in  October,  there  begins  a  steady  southward  flight  of 


86  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

blue] ays  that  is  unquestionably  a  migration  to  some 
winter  range.  Similar  flights  have  been  recorded  at 
other  points,  and  it  is  hoped  that  eventually  records 
from  banded  birds  may  throw  some  light  on  its 
extent.  So  far  as  observed  this  movement  is  diurnal, 
and  I  have  seen  no  indication  of  night  flight  in  this 
species.  The  course  pursued  at  Washington  is  to- 
ward the  south  and  southwest,  and  the  steady  pas- 
sage of  birds,  flying  from  50  to  150  yards  from  the 
earth,  is  as  noticeable  as  the  migration  of  sharp- 
shinned  hawks  that  often  takes  place  at  the  same 
time. 

Washington  also  marks  a  point  near  the  northern 
extension  of  the  southern  subspecies  of  the  common 
crow  (Corvus  brachyrhynchos  paulus) ,  a  form  marked 
by  small  size,  that  ranges  from  Alabama  north  to 
southeastern  Kansas,  Maryland,  and  Virginia.  In 
winter  we  have  an  influx  of  the  larger  northern  bird, 
which  arrives  in  flocks,  and  which,  until  disturbed 
by  building  operations  in  suburban  development, 
formed  great  roosts  within  the  limits  of  the  District 
of  Columbia  itself.  With  the  opening  of  spring 
weather  in  March  the  resident  birds  begin  the  aerial 
gyrations  and  the  peculiar  calls  that  mark  their 
pairing  and  mating.  I  have  watched  these  mating 
evolutions  among  birds  circling  over  low  hills  near 
the  Potomac  River,  while  on  the  tide-flats  below  I 
had  before  me  scattered  flocks  of  the  northern  birds 


MIGRATION  AMONG  RESIDENT  BIRDS    87 

working  soberly  across  the  mud-bars  in  prosaic 
search  for  food,  unaffected  as  yet  by  the  warming 
weather,  since  their  own  nesting  grounds  in  the 
north  were  still  covered  with  inhospitable  ice  and 
snow.  It  is  of  interest  in  this  connection  to  record  a 
crow  banded  in  January  near  Stillwater,  Oklahoma, 
and  recovered  April  15  near  Woodstock,  Minne- 
sota, as  indicating  the  extent  of  the  migrations  in 
this  species. 

In  eastern  Kansas,  where  the  downy  woodpecker 
is  a  common  resident,  it  has  on  occasion  been  almost 
exterminated  by  protracted  ice  storms,  which  for 
weeks  at  a  time  covered  all  trees  and  shrubbery  with 
a  coating  of  ice  that  sheathed  food-supplies  for  these 
woodpeckers  as  if  beneath  a  coat  of  steel.  In  the 
summer  season  following  such  a  severe  winter,  these 
woodpeckers  may  be  very  rare;  but  after  the  first 
week  in  November,  when  winter  conditions  come  in 
states  to  the  northward,  downy  woodpeckers  be- 
come fairly  common,  indicating  migration  among 
them  from  some  region  to  the  northward.  The  ac- 
tual journey  of  such  birds  again  may  be  determined 
only  through  banding  operations. 

Species  like  the  bobwhite,  mockingbird,  and 
Carolina  wren  appear  truly  sedentary,  except  for  a 
certain  amount  of  post-breeding  wandering  in  the 
wren  and  mocker,  and  some  casual  flying  in  early 
autumn  on  the  part  of  the  quail,  during  which  ran- 


88  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

dom  individuals  may  be  found  in  cities^  towns,  or 
other  untoward  neighborhoods.  With  others  that 
seem  equally  sedentary  it  appears  that  there  may  be 
true  migration  in  greater  or  less  extent.  What  move- 
ment there  may  be  in  central  latitudes  among  such 
species  as  meadowlarks,  song  sparrows,  flickers, 
robins,  and  many  others  that  are  present  through 
the  year,  is  as  yet  purely  a  matter  of  speculation. 

Many  insular  birds  appear  wholly  sedentary,  in 
that  there  is  no  interchange  of  individuals  between 
islands  which  often  lie  within  sight  of  one  another 
and  are  easily  reached  by  moderate  flights.  In  east- 
ern Porto  Rico  a  species  of  crow  {Corvus  leucogna- 
phalus)  is  found  in  forested  areas,  but  makes  no 
attempt  to  cross  to  the  island  of  Vieques,  in  plain 
sight  only  fourteen  miles  away.  Bones  of  this  species 
are  known  from  St.  Croix,  indicating  that  it  was 
found  there  in  ancient  times,  but  it  has  never  been 
reported  there  as  a  living  bird  by  modern  natural- 
ists. Still  more  strange  is  the  case  of  a  land-rail 
(Hypotaenidia  wakensis)  found  on  the  isolated  island 
of  Wake  in  the  Pacific  Ocean  between  Guam  and 
Honolulu.  The  atoll  at  Wake  has  three  islands, 
arranged  in  the  form  of  a  horseshoe  surrounding  a 
broad  lagoon,  separated  from  one  another  by  nar- 
row channels  not  more  than  loo  yards  wide.  The 
rail  is  found  on  the  northern  and  eastern  islands  but 
does  not  occur  on  the  one  to  the  southwest.    That 


MIGRATION  AMONG  RESIDENT  BIRDS    89 

the  bird  is  flightless  is  not  an  adequate  explanation 
of  this  curious  distribution,  since  the  channel  sepa- 
rating this  island  from  the  one  on  the  east,  where  the 
bird  is  common,  is  practically  dry  at  low  tide,  twice 
in  the  course  of  every  period  of  twenty-four  hours. 
Food  and  shelter  conditions  are  identical  on  all  three 
islands,  so  that  there  is  no  apparent  reason  for  the 
anomaly. 

The  curious  hoatzin  {Opisthocomus  hoatzin)  of 
northern  South  America  is  an  excellent  example  of 
sedentary  habit  in  a  species  with  continental  range. 
The  bird  is  one  with  very  weak  powers  of  flight,  so 
that  it  progresses  mainly  by  clambering  about 
through  the  branches  of  the  thickets  in  which  it 
feeds.  It  is  said  in  certain  instances  to  move  less 
than  a  mile  during  the  entire  period  of  its  life,  merely 
coming  out  in  the  open  in  morning  and  evening,  and 
seeking  shelter  under  leafy  branches  in  the  heat  of 
the  day. 

Irregular  or  Vagrant  Migration 

Irregular  movements  among  birds  may  begin,  as 
has  been  indicated,  in  wandering  of  adults  or  young 
from  the  vicinity  of  the  nest  site,  and  may  vary  in 
extent  from  a  few  hundred  yards  to  many  miles. 
During  late  summer  species  that  have  regular  bi- 
annual migrations  may  wander  in  search  of  food,  or 
young  birds  may  stray  from  their  accustomed  range. 


90  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

As  a  feature  of  local  migration  movement  there 
may  be  noticed  the  interesting  summer  flights  of 
herons.  In  the  southeastern  United  States  the  little 
blue  heron  {Florida  caeruled)  is  common  near  the 
coasts,  and  nests  in  colonies,  sometimes  with  or 
near  the  snowy  heron  and  the  American  egret.  The 
immature  little  blues  (which  are  often  pure  white 
except  for  more  or  less  slaty  wash  on  the  tips  of 
the  primaries,  so  that  they  may  be  mistaken  for 
egrets)  wander  regularly  after  they  are  grown,  and, 
strangely  enough,  at  this  season  many  of  them  pene- 
trate to  the  north  far  beyond  their  breeding  range. 
At  the  end  of  July  scattered  birds  begin  to  appear 
along  the  Potomac,  the  Patuxent,  and  the  Susque- 
•hanna  rivers,  tributary  to  Chesapeake  Bay,  and  in 
many  years  the  birds  become  common  in  August. 
With  them  come  snowy  herons  and  egrets  in  casual 
company,  and  all  three  travel  north  on  occasion  as 
far  as  New  England.  In  the  Mississippi  Valley  they 
are  found  regularly  north  to  southeastern  Kansas 
and  Illinois.  In  September  most  of  these  birds  dis- 
appear, and  it  is  presumed  that  they  return  to  the 
south. 

Similar  vagrant  wanderings  are  recorded  for 
white  herons  in  Europe  and  Asia,  and  apparently 
hold  true  in  the  reef  heron  {Demigretta  sacra)  of 
Australian  coasts  and  a  broad  range  among  islands 
in  the  South  Pacific,  which  is  recorded  as  a  wanderer 
at  many  points. 


IRREGULAR  MIGRATION  91 

Others  of  the  larger  herons  seem  to  have  similar 
wandering  habits,  as  they  nest  in  retired  colonies, 
and  after  the  breeding  season  the  young  in  particu- 
lar range  far  and  wide  wherever  they  find  feeding 
grounds.  The  yellow-crowned  night  heron,  also  a 
form  with  southern  breeding  range,  comes  north 
casually,  while  in  the  case  of  the  black-crowned  night 
heron,  northward  wandering  has  been  proved  to  be 
the  usual  course  from  records  obtained  by  marking 
the  young.  Thus  young  birds  marked  by  Dr.  Paul 
Bartsch  near  Washington,  D.  C,  have  been  taken  in 
Maryland  and  New  Jersey,  while  others  banded  by 
different  observers  in  the  colony  at  Barnstable, 
Massachusetts,  have  wandered  north  into  southern 
Maine.  The  distances  covered  in  these  instances 
are  not  particularly  great. 

It  is  probable  that  great  blue  herons  also  range 
northward,  since  a  specimen  of  the  subspecies  that 
breeds  in  the  Great  Basin  {Ardea  herodias  treganzai)^ 
which  I  banded  near  the  northern  end  of  Great  Salt 
Lake,  Utah,  was  killed  subsequently  near  Billings, 
Montana.  From  available  evidence  it  appears  that 
the  post-breeding  movements  of  these  herons  is  ex- 
plosive, that  is,  the  birds  spread  in  all  directions 
from  their  breeding  grounds,  regardless  of  direction. 
It  may  be  considered  as  migration  governed  only  by 
the  availability  of  food  and  safety  from  enemies, 
which  is  counteracted  in  autumn  by  a  directive 


92  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

migratory  impulse  that  carries  these  birds  that  have 
attained  northern  latitudes  to  a  winter  home  some- 
where in  the  south. 

At  the  beginning  of  August,  1925,  a  Bewick's 
wren  appeared  for  a  day  in  one  of  the  courts  of  the 
United  States  National  Museum.  The  species  does 
not  now  nest  within  forty  or  fifty  miles  of  Washing- 
ton so  far  as  known,  so  that  this  individual  must  be 
considered  merely  a  vagrant.  On  one  occasion,  at 
the  same  season  of  the  year,  I  found  a  canyon  wren 
in  a  barn  standing  on  a  broad  plain  in  northern 
Utah,  fifteen  miles  from  the  nearest  mountain  haunt 
of  the  species  —  also  an  instance  of  a  wanderer  de- 
tected perhaps  in  a  journey  between  the  mountain 
ranges  on  either  side  of  a  wide  basin. 

Such  examples,  however,  are  merely  casual  and 
are  not  to  be  compared  to  the  irruptions  of  certain 
northern  birds  that  sweep  down  over  the  south  at 
irregular  intervals.  Crossbills  furnish  classic  ex- 
amples of  such  flights,  as  the  curious  bills  of  these 
birds  invariably  attract  attention.  In  ancient 
chronicles  in  England  we  find  flights  of  crossbills 
recorded  in  the  years  1251,  1593,  1757,  179I)  1821, 
1829,  1846,  1853,  and  at  numerous  other  dates  from 
the  year  last  mentioned  to  the  present.  On  many 
occasions  they  established  themselves,  bred  for 
several  years  in  succession,  and  then  disappeared. 
Matthew  Paris,  Monk  of  St.  Albans,  already  men- 


IRREGULAR  MIGRATION  93 

tioned,  has  chronicled  the  invasion  of  crossbills  in 
the  year  1251,  his  attention  being  attracted  to  them 
by  their  attacks  on  apples,  a  fruit  which  in  the  thir- 
teenth century  had  attained  a  certain  importance  in 
the  western  counties  of  England.   "  In  the  course  of 
this  year,"  he  writes,  "about  the  fruit  season,  there 
appeared,  in  the  orchards  chiefly,  some  remarkable 
birds  which  had  never  before  been  seen  in  England, 
somewhat  larger  than  larks,  which  ate  the  kernel  of 
the  fruit  and  nothing  else,  whereby  the  trees  were 
fruitless,  to  the  loss  of  many.    The  beaks  of  these 
birds  were  crossed."   On  a  subsequent  visitation  in 
1593  they  are  also  reported  to  feed  upon  apple- 
seeds,  a  habit  so  common  in  England  that  at  one 
time  the  crossbill  was  often  called  "shell-apple."  In 
the  record  of  this  occurrence,  couched  in  the  quaint 
phrases  of  ancient  English,  it  is  said  that  "it  seemed 
they  came  out  of  some  country  not  inhabited;  for 
that  they  at  the  first  would  abide  shooting  at  them 
either  with  pellet,  bowe  or  other  engine,  and  not 
remove  until  they  were  stricken  down.  .  .  .    They 
were  very  good  meate."    Crossbill  years  have  been 
recorded  regularly  in  modern  times  in  the  United 
States,  and  have  frequently  carried  the  birds  well 
south  into  the  Carolinian  life-zone.    In  the  Middle 
West,  in  Kansas,  where  the  birds  are  rarer  than  in 
the  east,  flights  have  included  the  subspecies  known 
as  Bendire's  crossbill,  which  breeds  in  the  Rocky 


94  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Mountain  region,  as  well  as  the  ordinary  form  from 
the  north,  indicating  a  migration  from  the  moun- 
tains out  across  the  plains.  From  this  it  appears  that 
these  movements  may  be  true  wandering  without 
definite  direction.  In  the  winter  of  191 6  there  oc- 
curred an  irruption  of  the  white-winged  crossbill 
that  brought  these  birds  south  as  far  as  the  city  of 
Washington,  where  the  species,  though  rare,  has 
been  found  occasionally  in  the  summer  season. 

At  irregular  intervals  too  come  great  flights  of 
goshawks  that  spread  across  the  entire  northern 
half  of  the  United  States,  and  penetrate  south  to 
California  and  New  Mexico.  During  a  recent  irrup- 
tion the  eastern  form  of  this  bird  was  recorded  west 
across  the  Rocky  Mountains  into  California,  thus 
covering  the  usual  range  of  the  western  form.  The 
coming  of  hordes  of  this  predatory  bird  is  fraught 
with  danger  to  the  ruffed  grouse  of  Michigan,  Wis- 
consin, and  the  New  England  States,  as  the  hawks 
hunt  the  grouse  relentlessly,  and  have  on  occasion 
reduced  these  game  birds  almost  to  extinction.  With 
the  goshawks  often  there  arrive  many  snowy  owls 
and  unusual  numbers  of  great  horned  owls. 

As  irregular  movement  in  a  northern  direction  I 
may  cite  the  case  of  the  thick-billed  parrot  {Rhyn- 
chopsitta  pachyrhyncha) ^  resident  regularly  in  the 
mountains  bordering  the  Mexican  Tableland,  which 
at  intervals  of  a  number  of  years  comes  north  across 


IRREGULAR  MIGRATION  95 

the  border  and  invades  the  isolated  mountain  chains 
of  southern  Arizona,  where  it  has  been  reported  on 
several  occasions  from  the  Chiricahua  Mountains, 
and  more  recently,  in  1917,  from  the  Huachuca, 
Dragoon,  Graham,  and  Galiuro  ranges.  The  birds 
appear  in  late  summer  in  roving  bands  that  may 
include  several  hundred  individuals. 

In  July,  1917,  such  an  invasion  came  in  the  south- 
ern Chiricahua  Mountains,  and  by  August  had  pene- 
trated to  Pinery  Canyon  at  the  north  end  of  the 
range.  Mr.  Frank  Hands,  a  close  observer,  informed 
me  that  he  was  certain  from  the  condition  of  their 
plumage  that  many  were  young  which  had  been 
hatched  that  year.  The  birds  remained  here  through 
the  winter,  feeding  early  in  the  season  on  cones  of 
the  Chihuahua  pine  {Pinus  chihuahuana) ^  and  when 
these  were  gone,  on  the  acorns  of  various  species  of 
oaks.  By  November  they  had  decreased  in  abun- 
dance, but  a  few  remained  until  March,  191 8;  in 
May  of  that  year  a  few  appeared  in  the  Galiuro 
Mountains  farther  north,  and  remained  until  early 
autumn. 

The  flights  of  birds  that  have  been  mentioned 
have  been  a  puzzle  to  naturalists  from  the  irregular- 
ity of  their  occurrence,  and  have  been  explained  on 
the  hypothesis  of  failure  of  food  supply,  increase  in 
numbers  beyond  the  capacity  for  support  of  the  nor- 
mal range,  and  severe  cold.    Failure  of  food  seems 


96  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

the  most  potent  cause  that  may  be  given,  and  has 
certainly  been  the  active  factor  in  many  cases.  It 
may  be  mentioned  particularly  in  connection  with 
the  periodic  invasions  of  unusual  numbers  of  the 
goshawk  and  snowy  owl,  as  these  seem  to  come  dur- 
ing years  when  disease  has  destroyed  the  northern 
hares  that  form  their  usual  food  supply.  On  these 
occasions,  Indians,  lynxes,  and  other  hunting  mam- 
mals are  often  hard  put  for  food,  while  the  hunting 
birds  exercise  their  powers  of  flight  to  carry  them  to 
other  regions  where  food  may  be  procured. 

Less  certainly  has  the  coming  of  crossbills  been 
attributed  to  failure  of  their  normal  food  supply  of 
cones  in  the  north  —  a  factor  that  may  perhaps 
operate  with  the  thick-billed  parrot,  which  also  feeds 
on  the  seeds  of  pines  as  well  as  on  acorns. 

Of  interest  in  this  connection  are  the  movements 
of  the  sand-grouse  of  Eurasia,  curious  birds  with 
many  attributes  of  grouse  and  shore-birds,  that 
seem  anatomically  most  closely  allied  to  the  pigeons. 
Sand-grouse  are  regular  inhabitants  of  the  high 
plateaus  or  steppes  of  central  Asia,  but  may  range  in 
great  flocks  through  the  surrounding  territory. 
Henke  found  them  in  1876  breeding  in  numbers  on 
the  Kirghiz  steppes,  where  nomadic  tribes  told  him 
they  had  been  unknown  before.  In  the  spring  and 
summer  of  1863  a  flight  of  these  birds  spread  across 
western  Europe,  reaching  the  coast  of  Donegal  in 


IRREGULAR  MIGRATION  97 

Ireland,  the  Adriatic  Sea,  northern  Italy,  across 
France,  and  north  into  Sweden.  By  February,  1864, 
the  unusual  visitors  had  disappeared.  Though  a  few 
pairs  were  known  to  breed,  the  majority  in  the 
European  invasion  seem  to  have  been  merely 
vagrant. 

In  1888  there  occurred  another  irruption  of  the 
Pallas's  sand-grouse  that  was  even  more  important. 
Flocks  spread  throughout  western  Europe,  and  the 
birds  became  so  firmly  established  in  the  British 
Islands  that  a  special  act  of  Parliament  was  put  into 
effect  to  protect  them  during  an  adequate  closed 
season.  Subsequently,  however,  they  disappeared. 
Except  to  a  few  Russian  naturalists  who  had  ob- 
served it  in  its  Asiatic  haunts,  the  species  was  prac- 
tically unknown,  until  1848,  when  it  was  found  in 
south  Russia,  and  1859,  when  it  spread  into  western 
Europe.  It  seems,  therefore,  to  have  been  in  a  state 
of  unrest  for  the  past  seventy-five  years  or  more, 
but  has  not  succeeded  in  establishing  itself  per- 
manently in  the  new  territory  to  which  it  spread. 
Without  interference  by  man  it  might  possibly 
have  been  more  successful.  It  has  been  supposed 
that  the  movements  of  sand-grouse,  like  those  of 
lemmings,  are  due  to  surplus  production  of  individ- 
uals, leading  to  undue  congestion  in  the  native 
haunt. 

Other  birds  are  subject  to  similar  movements,  as 


98  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Gatke  at  Heligoland  has  recorded  incredible  num- 
bers of  the  European  jay  in  passage  for  three  days  in 
October,  1882,  while  in  subsequent  years  only  one 
individual  was  seen. 

It  is  probably  true  that  many  vagrant  individuals 
are  carried  so  far  beyond  the  usual  range  that  they 
fail  to  make  any  attempt  to  return,  and  many  others 
perish  through  unfamiliarity  with  the  dangers  of  the 
new  environment  into  which  they  have  come.  It  is 
probable  from  the  records  available  that  most  of  the 
sand-grouse  in  the  invasion  mentioned  in  1863  and 
1864  perished,  since  everywhere  the  strange  birds 
were  hunted  and  killed. 

Wastage  of  individuals  among  migrants  is  exten- 
sive, and  affects  vagrants  as  well  as  those  regular  in 
travel.  It  would  seem  to  operate  with  greater  sever- 
ity among  those  of  irregular  movement,  as  such  have 
established  no  regular  annual  margin  of  safety.  We 
may  look  then  upon  these  periods  of  vagrancy  to  cut 
down  the  number  of  individuals  among  the  species 
concerned.  These  erratic  spreads  have  probably 
served  to  extend  the -range  of  some  species,  and  may 
still  do  so,  though  since  the  rise  of  man  this  has  be- 
come difficult  except  in  the  case  of  inconspicuous 
forms. 

Flights  of  snow  buntings,  longspurs,  pine  siskins, 
redpolls,  and  many  others  that  penetrate  irregularly 
to  the  southward  during  severe  winters  may  hardly 


IRREGULAR  MIGRATION  99 

be  considered  in  this  category  of  vagrants,  since 
they  are  regularly  migratory  toward  the  south,  and 
on  occasion  merely  extend  the  length  of  their  jour- 
neys. Part  of  their  journey  is  regular,  though  its 
extent  may  be  subject  to  variation. 

Casual  Records 

The  student  of  local  avifaunas,  intent  on  main- 
taining a  complete  list  of  the  birds  of  his  region,  with 
notes  on  their  abundance  and  occurrence,  is  al- 
ways elated  to  detect  the  unusual  visitor.  Some  un- 
expected stranger  well  repays  hours  or  days  passed 
in  careful  scanning  of  abundant  birds  of  usual  oc- 
currence, whose  habits  and  movements  are  wholly 
familiar.  A  glance  through  any  state  list  or  compre- 
hensive check-list  reveals  frequent  instances  of  this 
sort,  and  almost  every  number  of  the  current  maga- 
zines dealing  with  ornithology  records  others.  The 
steady  increase  of  record  of  such  unusual  occur- 
rences is  due  to  the  steadily  increasing  number  of 
persons  interested  in  observing  birds — a  factor  that 
submits  the  avian  population  to  close  scrutiny  and 
offers  more  frequent  chance  of  detection  of  the 
unusual. 

Casual  or  accidental  records  are,  roughly,  of  two 
kinds:  first,  birds  recorded  just  beyond  the  margins 
of  their  normal  ranges,  and  second,  birds  from  dis- 
tant areas  whose  occurrence  is  wholly  fortuitous.  It 


loo  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

is  perhaps  trite  to  state  that  the  majority  of  acci- 
dental visitors  appear  during  the  seasons  when  they 
are  in  migration.  The  first  group — those  found 
casually  a  short  distance  beyond  their  normal  range 
—  may  represent  attempts  at  extension  beyond  pres- 
ent boundaries,  which,  if  successful,  may  result  in 
final  establishment  of  a  species  in  a  new  area.  Dr. 
J.  Grinnell  ^  has  discussed  this  matter  rather  fully  as 
regards  the  State  of  California,  and  considers  these 
accidental  occurrences  as  representing  a  trial  and 
error  method  whereby  a  part  of  the  surplus  of 
the  stock  of  any  particular  species  pushes  out  into 
new  territory  where  it  may  be  lost  or  may  survive. 
Wastage  is  severe,  but  is  of  small  moment  in  the 
working  of  the  laws  which  through  the  ages  control 
distribution  of  millions  of  individuals.  Again,  these 
accidental  records  may  represent  sporadic  attempts 
of  a  species  to  reestablish  itself  in  regions  from  which 
it  has  been  forced  to  retreat. 

Of  another  kind  are  records  of  birds  at  points  far 
from  their  normal  range,  which  are  assumed  to  rep- 
resent individuals  that  have  wandered  uninten- 
tionally from  accustomed  paths  through  the  agency 
of  storms  or  other  untoward  circumstances  that  they 
have  encountered.  These  may  include  strange  visi- 
tors of  every  description,  sea-birds  found  far  in- 
land, land-birds  blown  at  sea,  or  tropical  and  sub- 

^   /f«^,l922,  pp.  373-380. 


CASUAL  RECORDS  loi 

tropical  species  encountered  in  temperate  regions. 
Though  conceivably  such  birds  may  occasionally 
have  established  themselves  in  new  ranges,  this 
would  happen  far  less  frequently  than  with  birds 
working  out  short  distances  beyond  the  edge  of  the 
normal  range.  To  this  agency,  however,  we  must 
look  to  explain  the  presence  of  small  land  birds  on 
oceanic  islands,  where  there  has  never  been  conti- 
nental connection,  as  in  the  Leeward  Islands  of  the 
Hawaiian  group,  where  a  finchlike  bird  of  the  family 
Drepanididae,  another  smaller  species  of  the  same 
group,  and  an  Old  World  warbler,  are  found  on  the 
island  of  Laysan,  an  isolated  bit  of  sand  built  up 
through  filling  in  an  atoll,  with  less  than  two  square 
miles  of  land  surface.  (The  warbler,  Conopoderas 
familiarisy  and  one  of  the  Drepanidids,  Himatione 
fraithii^  are  now  extinct.) 

Dr.  Grinnell  ^  has  stated  that  of  the  576  forms  of 
birds  recorded  for  the  State  of  California  to  1922, 
there  are  2S  that  have  been  found  on  only  one  occa- 
sion. These  represent  mainly  casual  visitants  far 
from  their  usual  range.  A  few  more — ten,  to  be 
exact  —  have  been  detected  twice,  while  for  six 
there  are  three  records  of  occurrence.  On  the  basis 
of  observations  extending  over  thirty-five  years,  he 
finds  that  new  additions  to  the  list  for  the  state  have 
come  at  the  average  rate  of  if  per  year.  Since  these 

^  Auk,  1922,  pp.  373-375. 


102  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

casual  visitants  may  come  from  anywhere  on  the 
continent,  he  estimates  on  the  basis  of  these  figures 
that  there  is  a  possibility  of  record  of  occurrence  for 
the  entire  group  of  birds  known  from  North  America 
north  of  Mexico  in  the  course  of  a  little  more  than 
400  years. 

Casual  records  of  straying  birds  in  continental 
areas  are  subject  to  considerable  chance,  since  the 
area  suited  for  them  is  broad.  Species  of  striking 
appearance  are  more  liable  to  be  noticed  than  those 
of  ordinary  character,  since  the  latter  merge  with  the 
ordinary  avian  population.  The  frigate  bird  of  sub- 
tropical and  tropical  seas  has  been  found  in  the  in- 
terior in  Kansas,  Iowa,  Wisconsin,  Ohio,  and  Nova 
Scotia,  the  fork-tailed  flycatcher  in  Mississippi, 
Kentucky,  Maine,  and  Bermuda,  and  a  form  of 
kingbird  {T^yr annus  melancholicus  satrapd)  of  the 
tropics  has  been  taken  recently  at  Scarboro, 
Maine.  These  are  all  single  instances.  Occasionally 
flocks  of  sea  birds  appear  inland  as,  for  example,  the 
dovekie,  Wilson's  petrel,  and  others. 

Detection  of  straying  migrants  in  insular  areas  is 
more  usual  perhaps  than  on  continents,  since  in 
limited  land  space  strangers  become  more  conspicu- 
ous. The  list  of  birds  known  for  the  British  Isles  in 
191 5  numbered  475,  of  which  149  had  been  recorded 
as  accidental  visitors.  In  this  list,  in  addition  to 
forms  from  near-by  continental  areas,   there  are 


CASUAL  RECORDS  103 

included  the  American  pipit,  the  yellow-billed  and 
black-billed  cuckoo,  the  American  duck-hawk,  the 
blue-winged  teal,  the  green-winged  teal,  American 
widgeon,  ring-necked  duck,  bufflehead,  hooded  mer- 
ganser, American  bittern,  and  a  long  list  of  shore- 
birds  from  North  America. 

Small  islands  are  even  more  productive,  since  they 
offer  havens  to  birds  blown  to  sea.  In  191 1  I  found 
three  individuals  of  an  Asiatic  bunting  {Hypocentor 
rustled)  on  the  island  of  Kiska  in  the  outer  Aleutian 
chain,  two  of  them  dead  and  the  third  flitting  about 
in  the  grass.  The  Pribilof  Islands  in  Bering  Sea  have 
yielded  a  considerable  number  of  birds  that  have 
come  as  strays,  since  of  the  total  list  of  137  forms 
recorded  up  to  1923,  there  are  80  which  are  of 
purely  casual  occurrence.  These  include  a  consider- 
able number  of  Asiatic  birds  that  have  been  found 
nowhere  else  in  the  area  included  in  the  limits  of  the 
list  of  North  America.  The  majority  of  these  strays 
are  birds  that  breed  in  northeastern  Asia,  which 
have  wandered  from  their  usual  track  toward  the 
south.  Among  them  may  be  mentioned  the  widgeon, 
falcated  teal.  Old  World  forms  of  the  golden-eye  and 
pintail,  a  cuckoo,  the  brambling,  swift,  Japanese 
hawfinch,  and  sea  eagle.  These  islands  lie  in  a  belt 
where  they  are  usually  surrounded  by  fogs  during 
the  period  of  migration,  so  that,  though  visible  for  a 
long  distance  when  the  weather  is  clear,  this  occurs 


I04  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

so  seldom  during  the  season  of  migration  that  we 
may  wonder  how  wandering  birds  come  to  them. 
E.  A.  Preble  has  called  attention  to  the  fact  that, 
during  the  seasons  when  most  of  the  small  birds  are 
migrating,  the  beaches  of  the  Pribilofs  are  crowded 
with  thousands  of  fur  seals  and  sea  lions,  gathered 
in  noisy  herds  whose  roaring  and  bellowing  in  com- 
bined chorus  produces  a  clamor  that  is  audible  dis- 
tinctly at  a  distance  of  several  miles.  There  is  no 
question,  he  states,  that  many  feathered  wanderers 
are  guided  by  these  uncouth  sounds  to  a  haven 
where  they  may  rest  and  recuperate.  Casual  visi- 
tants among  land  birds  found  here  must  be  consid- 
ered as  true  strays,  since  these  lonely  islands  do  not 
lie  in  any  regular  migration  path  except  for  some 
groups  of  sea  fowl.  All  land  birds  found,  therefore, 
are  storm  blown  or  lost  from  some  other  cause.  Even 
the  yellow  wagtail  and  willow  warbler,  which  cross 
each  year  from  Asia  to  nest  in  Alaska,  travel  by 
some  other  route,  since  they  have  not  as  yet  been 
recorded  from  the  Pribilofs. 

Birds  of  strong  flight  often  appear  at  points  far 
distant  from  their  customary  haunts.  The  ruff  of 
Europe  has  been  recorded  on  several  occasions 
from  Barbadoes,  Trudeau's  tern  of  Argentina  and 
Uruguay  has  been  found  in  New  Jersey,  and  the 
Bartramian  sandpiper  has  been  taken  in  New 
Zealand. 


CASUAL  RECORDS  105 

The  facts  outlined  will  give  some  idea  of  the 
manner  in  which  birds  may  wander  when  out  of 
their  accustomed  courses,  and  of  the  difficulties  that 
beset  them  during  their  travels.  It  is  safe  to  say  that 
more  than  90  per  cent  of  casual  records  represent 
strays  during  periods  of  migration. 


CHAPTER  IV 
Altitudinal  or  Vertical  Migration 

SOME  species  of  birds  fly  hundreds  of  miles  across 
more  or  less  level  land  to  reach  a  summer  or  a 
winter  home,  while  others  attain  the  same  objective 
by  moving  through  a  space  of  a  few  miles  which  car- 
ries them  up  or  down  the  sides  of  mountains.  A  few 
hundred  feet  of  altitude  in  these  instances  corre- 
sponds to  hundreds  of  miles  of  latitude.  Wherever 
large  mountain  ranges  are  found  in  temperate 
regions  we  find  regular  migration  taking  place  up 
and  down  their  slopes. 

Such  migration  may  be  noted  in  India,  where  bird 
migrants  from  Siberia  mingle  on  the  plains  with 
others  that  have  merely  descended  the  near-by 
Himalayas.  Species  of  rosy  finches,  other  finches, 
and  the  snow  partridges,  from  the  higher  altitudes, 
migrate  in  winter  into  the  foothill  region,  and  then 
with  the  coming  of  spring  move  back  into  the  higher 
country  to  breed.  With  them  come  woodcock,  jack- 
daws, and  the  sprightly  whistling  thrushes.^  Borders 
of  streams  are  frequented  by  flocks  of  wagtails  from 

^  Hingston,  R.  W.  G.,  A  Naturalist  in  Himalaya^  p.  258. 


ALTITUDINAL  MIGRATION  107 

the  north,  while  bands  of  snipe  and  duck,  bred  in 
Arctic  regions,  swarm  in  the  marshes. 

Similar  movements  occur  in  the  Andes  of  Argen- 
tina, where  grebes  and  coots  nest  in  mountain  lakes 
and  winter  in  alkaline  marshes  on  the  plains,  or  in 
the  Rocky  Mountains  of  our  own  country,  where 
the  rosy  finches,  juncos,  pine  grosbeaks,  and  siskins 
descend  the  mountain  slopes  in  autumn  and  ascend 
them  in  spring.  In  the  Great  Basin  I  have  seen  the 
violet-green  swallows  leave  their  lowland  haunts  in 
May  for  their  breeding  grounds  in  the  hills,  and 
then  during  a  late  storm,  which  covered  the  moun- 
tains with  snow  but  in  the  valleys  fell  as  cold  rain, 
return  again  to  the  lowlands.  Such  interchanges 
meant  only  a  few  miles  of  flight  and  were  accom- 
plished with  ease. 

In  species  of  birds  that  inhabit  or  frequent  both 
hills  and  plains  it  has  been  noted  in  spring  that  first 
arrivals  may  be  seen  near  the  foothills  and  from 
there  work  upward.  In  autumn  early  migration  may 
be  observed  on  the  slopes  of  mountains  or  at  their 
bases,  depending  upon  the  species.  There  is,  how- 
ever, much  variation  in  this,  depending  largely  on 
local  conditions.  In  field  work  in  the  foothills  of  the 
Front  Range  in  Colorado,  R.  B.  Rockwell  and  I 
found  that  spring  migration  in  the  same  species  was 
approximately  a  week  later  in  the  hills  than  on  the 
plains  east  of  Denver,  indicating  apparently  that 


io8  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

many  birds  came  north  along  the  plains  and  then 
spread  back  into  the  mountains.  Certain  species,  as 
some  of  the  j uncos,  which  had  wintered  in  the  foot- 
hill region,  in  spring  moved  down  toward  the  level 
country  and  then  migrated  northward  toward  their 
summer  home.  There  were  evident  thus  two  lines  of 
movement,  one  that  carried  incoming  migrants  up 
the  gulches  into  the  mountains,  and  one  that 
brought  winter  residents  down  the  gulches  toward 
the  plains.  In  August  in  this  same  region,  such 
species  as  the  Williamson's  sapsucker  and  western 
wood  pewee,  which  had  nested  in  higher  mountains 
to  the  west,  moved  down  to  lower  regions,  and  at 
the  same  time  broad-tailed  hummingbirds,  western 
chipping  sparrows,  and  mountain  bluebirds  in- 
creased in  number,  apparently  from  influx  from  the 
same  higher  regions.  There  was  a  distinct  tendency 
among  young  of  the  mountain-breeding  birds  to 
work  down  the  mountain  slopes  as  soon  as  the 
breeding  season  had  closed  —  a  movement  that  be- 
came intensified  with  the  beginning  of  migration 
from  the  north  in  September. 

Similar  movements  among  different  species  of 
birds  have  been  observed  in  many  localities.  Espe- 
cially noticeable  in  autumn  are  the  sudden  increases 
among  birds  in  the  edges  of  the  foothills  when  cold 
spells  occur  that  spread  frost  or  snow  in  the  higher 
regions. 


ALTITUDINAL  MIGRATION  109 

In  some  cases  we  find  altitudinal  migration  affect- 
ing birds  of  limited  range,  which  nest  in  the  higher 
zones  of  mountains  and  winter  near  their  bases,  or 
perhaps  pass  farther  south.  With  some  species,  as 
the  pipit  of  this  country,  a  suitable  breeding  range 
for  some  is  found  in  the  Arctic-Alpine  zone  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  from  Colorado  northward,  while 
others  seek  a  similar  zone  in  the  tundras  of  Alaska  or 
British  America. 

After  the  breeding  season  some  species  of  birds 
regularly  work  upward,  to  spend  the  late  summer  on 
the  higher  slopes  of  the  mountains.  Such  move- 
ment has  been  recorded  in  the  western  house  wren, 
and  has  been  observed  in  western  kingbirds  and  in 
other  species.  In  the  foothills  of  the  California 
mountains,  where  the  late  summer  and  early  autumn 
are  extremely  dry,  T.  I.  Storer  ^  has  recorded  that 
such  supposed  permanent  residents  as  the  spurred 
towhee,  wren-tit,  bush-tit,  and  Vigor's  wren,  regu- 
larly perform  an  altitudinal  migration,  as  in  late 
summer,  after  the  breeding  season,  they  move  up 
the  slopes  into  the  higher  zones  of  the  mountains, 
where  they  remain  until  the  coming  of  autumn  rains 
breaks  the  drought  at  the  lower  levels  and  so  makes 
conditions  of  life  there  easier.  A  fascinating  account 
of  altitudinal  migration  remains  to  be  written  when 
the  late  summer  movements  of  hummingbirds  in  the 

^  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Zool.  (1925)  xxvii,  3. 


no  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

mountains  of  the  southwest  are  better  understood. 
In  July  and  August,  when  flowers  bloom  in  abun- 
dance in  mountain  parks  at  altitudes  of  7cxx)  to  9000 
feet  in  the  Chiricahua,  Huachuca,  and  near-by 
mountain  ranges,  hummingbirds  of  several  species 
fairly  swarm.  Many  do  not  breed  here  but  come 
from  near-by,  though  as  yet  the  exact  status  of  such 
species  as  the  white-eared  hummer  is  uncertain. 

Rapidity  of  Migration  Movement 

The  rapidity  with  which  migration  progresses 
when  birds  are  passing  to  the  north  in  spring  seems 
to  depend  to  a  considerable  extent,  among  small 
species  at  least,  upon  whether  migration  begins 
early  or  late  in  the  season.  Professor  W.  W.  Cooke, 
in  his  studies  on  bird  migration,  gathered  and  pub- 
lished numerous  data  on  this  point  from  records 
furnished  by  a  large  corps  of  observers  scattered 
through  the  country,  who  made  careful  record  of 
dates  of  first  arrival  in  their  vicinity.  Professor 
Cooke  found  that  the  average  rate  for  the  month  of 
March,  when  early  migrants  were  retarded  by  fre- 
quent periods  of  bad  weather,  was  considerably  less 
than  that  for  April,  while  in  May  all  migrants 
seemed  to  travel  at  a  much  more  rapid  pace.  From 
this  it  is  deduced  as  a  general  rule  that  those  species 
that  start  their  migration  late  in  spring  travel  to 
their  breeding  grounds  at  a  much  more  rapid  rate 


RAPIDITY  OF  MIGRATION  MOVEMENT    in 

than  those  that  leave  their  winter  quarters  earlier  in 
the  year. 

Part  of  our  black  and  white  warblers  (Mniotilta 
varia)  winter  in  Florida  and  southern  Texas,  but  the 
majority  pass  on  to  the  West  Indies,  Mexico,  and 
northern  South  America.  Migrants  on  their  way 
north  are  recorded  at  the  lighthouses  of  southern 
Florida  about  March  4,  but  migration  does  not  ex- 
tend beyond  the  northern  limit  of  the  winter  range 
into  southern  Georgia  until  about  March  24,  so  that 
these  early  migrants  travel  at  an  average  rate  of 
only  20  miles  per  day  through  this  area.  Between 
southern  Texas  and  northern  North  Dakota,  this 
bird  averages  about  22  miles  per  day,  but  from  that 
point  north  to  the  limit  of  the  breeding  range  the 
rate  of  speed  is  almost  doubled. 

The  gray-cheeked  thrush,  on  the  other  hand, 
which  does  not  reach  the  southern  United  States 
from  its  winter  home  in  South  America  until  late  in 
April,  arrives  a  month  later  in  extreme  northwestern 
Alaska,  so  that  it  covers  a  4000-mile  journey  on  this 
continent  at  an  average  rate  of  130  miles  per  day. 

Professor  Cooke  has  figured  the  average  speed  for 
small  birds  in  general  in  passing  up  the  Mississippi 
Valley  at  23  miles  per  day.  In  addition  to  the  species 
that  have  been  mentioned  he  gives  some  interesting 
figures  for  a  few  others.  The  black-poll  warbler,  in 
its  northern  flight  from  South  America,  arrives  on 


112  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

our  southern  coasts  in  April.  In  travelling  north  to 
the  northern  boundary  of  the  United  States  the 
birds  move  at  a  rate  of  30  to  35  miles  per  day,  but 
from  that  point  north  the  speed  increases  tremen- 
dously, as  black-polls  appear  in  a  week's  time  in  the 
central  Mackenzie  Valley,  and  in  another  week 
arrive  in  northwestern  Alaska.  It  appears  that  some 
at  least  must  average  200  miles  per  day  for  the 
latter  part  of  the  journey.  The  species  requires  30 
days  to  cross  the  thousand-mile  interval  from  the 
Gulf  coast  to  southern  Minnesota,  and  only  a  little 
more  than  half  that  time  to  traverse  the  2,500  miles 
that  separate  that  point  from  the  extreme  limit  of 
its  range  in  Alaska. 

From  the  same  source  may  be  taken  some  inter- 
esting data  on  the  spring  movements  of  the  robin. 
In  the  east,  migrant  robins  come  north  at  a  leisurely 
rate,  travelling  through  New  England  with  the  slow 
advance  of  spring,  so  that  to  their  northern  breeding 
limit  in  Newfoundland  they  average  only  17  miles 
per  day.  In  the  west,  the  western  form  of  the  robin 
winters  north  into  British  Columbia  and  has  to  per- 
form only  a  short  migration  to  pass  into  Alberta  and 
Saskatchewan,  to  which  it  moves  at  an  average 
advance  of  only  8  miles  per  day.  In  the  interior,  the 
eastern  subspecies  moves  from  its  winter  range 
north  to  central  Minnesota  at  the  rate  of  13  miles 
per  day,  a  rate  that  is  doubled  in  the  course  to  south- 


RAPIDITY  OF  MIGRATION  MOVEMENT    113 

ern  Canada.  Here  a  part  of  the  birds  turn  to  the 
northwest  and  move  at  an  average  rate  of  50  miles 
per  day,  and  finally  accelerate  to  a  rush  that  carries 
them  across  a  space  of  70  miles  in  twenty-four  hours, 
and  at  this  increased  speed  arrive  at  their  limit  in 
Alaska.  Professor  Cooke  finds  that  their  northward 
movement  coincides  closely  with  the  passage  of  the 
isotherm  of  35  degrees  Fahrenheit,  which  brings 
spring  throughout  the  country.  The  differences 
noted  in  average  speed  through  our  continent  are 
thus  correlated  with  the  average  advance  of  spring, 
so  that  the  robin  merits  its  reputation  as  the  herald 
who  announces  the  close  of  winter. 

In  connection  with  rapidity  of  migration  it  may 
be  well  to  note  that  there  is  often  a  distinction  be- 
tween the  rapidity  of  movement  in  the  bulk  of  the 
species  as  a  whole  and  of  single  individuals.  At  the 
opening  of  migration  a  few  birds  of  a  species  may 
appear,  but  it  may  be  a  week  or  a  month  before  the 
bulk  begins  movement  and  the  bird  becomes  com- 
mon. Thus  a  few  blackbirds  reach  our  marshes  early 
in  spring,  but  the  return  of  cold  weather  may  retard 
the  flights  of  their  fellows  for  some  time.  Practically 
nothing  is  known  as  yet  of  the  manner  in  which 
single  birds  travel,  since  our  observations  to  date 
have  been  restricted  mainly  to  group  identification. 
Early  stragglers  form  the  vanguard  in  most  of  our 
birds.   It  is  apparent  thus  in  many  cases  that  cou- 


114  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

riers  of  migration  advance  rapidly  and  cover  a  con- 
siderable extent  of  country,  perhaps  reaching  well 
through  the  range  long  before  the  main  army  begins 
to  move.  This  is  often  true  in  fall  flights  where  there 
is  no  climatic  bar  to  progress.  Juncos  appear  in 
middle  latitudes  in  September,  but  do  not  become 
abundant  until  the  middle  of  October  or  the  first 
part  of  November.  Yellow-legs  start  south  in  July, 
and  by  the  end  of  that  month  may  reach  South 
America,  though  the  main  flight  does  not  appear  in 
the  extreme  south  until  September  or  October. 
Travel  into  the  northern  zones  in  spring,  early  in  the 
season,  is  retarded  of  course  by  the  continuance  of 
cold  in  the  north,  so  that  the  earlier  movements 
must  await  thaws. 

In  early  migration,  there  is  much  lingering  along 
the  way  to  feed  and  rest,  particularly  among  those 
birds  that  travel  long  distances.  In  Argentina  and 
Uruguay  I  found  migration  northward  among  shore- 
birds  beginning  at  the  end  of  January  and  well  under 
way  in  March,  though  the  final  rush  did  not  come 
until  April.  As  this  final  flight  coincides  with  the 
initiation  of  migration  among  these  birds  in  the 
United  States  it  will  be  seen  that  those  who  re- 
sponded early  to  the  migration  impulse  were  slower 
in  progress  than  those  that  started  later. 

Definite  data  for  the  rate  at  which  birds  travel 
south  in  autumn  are  lacking,  as  at  that  season  birds 


RAPIDITY  OF  MIGRATION  MOVEMENT    115 

are  quieter  than  in  spring  and  more  difficult  to  ob- 
serve. The  journey  in  many  cases  also  is  irregular 
and  prolonged.  We  may  look  to  data  secured  from 
bird  banding  to  give  more  definite  information  as  to 
the  rapidity  of  migratory  movement  in  individual 
birds,  and  we  shall  turn  to  that  source  especially  for 
the  movements  of  autumn  migrants  when  sufficient 
records  have  been  amassed. 

Distances  travelled  by  Migrants 

The  length  of  the  migration  route  is  a  highly  vari- 
able factor,  depending  upon  local  conditions  and  the 
species  of  bird  concerned.  In  the  mountains  of  Him- 
alaya, as  winter  approaches,  the  snow  partridge  may 
descend  a  few  hundred  feet  in  altitude,  to  a  winter 
ground,  merely  by  travelling  a  mile  or  two,  or,  in 
this  country,  the  long-tailed  chickadees  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains  may  drop  down  from  the  aspen  groves  at 
8,000  feet,  where  they  have  nested,  to  creek  bottoms 
a  few  miles  distant  in  the  foothills.  Flights  that  may 
be  covered  in  a  few  minutes  place  these  birds  in 
regions  where  they  find  conditions  suitable  to  their 
needs  for  winter.  We  may  contrast  these  flights 
with  that  of  the  Arctic  tern,  which  nests  in  the  most 
northern  land  known  (the  first  nest  discovered  is 
said  to  have  been  only  450  miles  from  the  North 
Pole)  and  which  spends  the  winter  in  seas  skirting 
the  Antarctic  continent,  with  an  air  line  1 1,000  miles 


Ii6  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

in  length  between  its  summer  and  its  winter  resi- 
dence. (See  Fig.  3.)  It  has  been  truly  remarked  that 
this  tern  probably  experiences  more  daylight  than 
any  other  living  creature,  since  it  lives  in  regions 
where  the  midnight  sun  is  its  constant  companion  in 
both  north  and  south,  and  only  in  travelling  does  it 
encounter  any  extended  periods  of  darkness. 

Many  birds  nest  in  the  northern  United  States 
and  Canada  and  pass  south  toward  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  to  winter.  As  well-known  examples  may 
be  cited  such  winter  residents  as  the  white-throated, 
white-crowned,  and  tree  sparrows,  j  uncos,  brown 
creepers,  golden-crowned  kinglets  and  robins,  with 
hordes  of  grackles,  redwings,  and  cowbirds  among 
our  smaller  birds,  and  various  species  of  ducks,  the 
woodcock,  and  many  others,  among  larger  ones. 
Such  migrants  include  the  hardier  species,  some  of 
whose  individuals  may  linger  in  protected  places 
well  within  the  reach  of  severe  cold. 

Many  of  our  small  birds  travel  much  greater  dis- 
tances for  no  apparent  reason.  Many  species  of 
wood  warblers  nest  in  the  northern  United  States 
and  Canada,  and  fly  in  winter  to  the  West  Indies, 
leaving  perhaps  a  few  of  their  individuals  to  linger 
in  the  southern  states.  Black  and  white  warblers 
range  in  winter  season  from  extreme  southern 
Georgia  southward  into  the  West  Indies;  some,  un- 
dismayed by  broad  waters,  cross  to  Venezuela  and 


Figure  3 

Map  to  show  migration  range  of  the  arctic  tern  {Sterna  paradisaea). 
(Courtesy  of  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey.) 


DISTANCES  TRAVELLED  117 

penetrate  even  as  far  as  Ecuador.  Part  of  the  yellow 
warblers  travel  even  farther,  as  they  range  south 
into  Brazil.  The  last  species  mentioned  is  one  of  the 
earliest  to  begin  its  migratory  movements  south,  as 
it  is  recorded  in  southward  flight  in  Florida  at  the 
end  of  July. 

The  nighthawk  that  nests  on  the  upper  Yukon 
may  winter  in  Argentina,  while  the  marsh  wren  of 
the  upper  Mississippi  Valley,  with  wings  apparently 
weak,  may  fly  south  in  autumn  as  far  as  central 
Mexico.  The  migration  routes  of  some  of  the  wag- 
tails, the  common  swallow,  the  willow  warbler,  and 
the  spotted  flycatcher,  which  pass  from  northern  or 
central  Europe  to  South  Africa,  may  be  cited  as 
among  the  longest  journeys  for  small  land  birds  of 
which  we  have  knowledge.  Some  of  these  long 
flights  must  be  performed  without  great  delay  en 
route  \  for  I  found  the  North  American  barn  swallow 
in  western  Paraguay  shortly  after  the  twentieth  of 
September,  when  no  doubt  a  part  of  the  species  had 
not  yet  left  the  United  States. 

A  number  of  birds  that  have  extended  breeding 
ranges  withdraw  in  autumn  to  the  south,  to  concen- 
trate in  the  southern  portion  of  the  breeding  area,  or 
spread  only  a  short  distance  farther  south.  This  is 
true  of  the  rock  wren,  the  black-capped  chickadee, 
the  black-headed  grosbeak,  the  field  sparrow,  and 
the  migrant  shrike.   In  such  forms  the  entire  group 


ii8  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

is  confined  within  a  limited  area  for  the  period  of 
winter,  and  then  spreads  to  reoccupy  the  full  range 
with  return  of  warmer  weather. 

The  difference  between  subspecies  has  made  pos- 
sible the  discovery  of  interesting  facts  indicative  of 
length  of  migration  in  a  number  of  species.  As  an 
example  may  be  cited  the  yellow-throat  of  Florida 
{Geothlypis  trichas  ignotd)^  marked  from  other  forms 
by  a  more  rounded  wing,  which  is  strictly  sedentary, 
but  in  winter  has  as  its  companions  yellow-throats 
from  the  north,  some  of  which  cross  to  the  Bahamas 
and  Cuba.  In  England,  an  insular  area  where  such 
matters  are  readily  detected,  resident  forms  of  the 
greater  spotted  woodpecker,  the  dipper,  the  robin 
red-breast,  the  song-thrush,  the  great  titmouse,  and 
others,  are  joined  in  winter  by  individuals  of  con- 
tinental subspecies  from  the  north,  which  return  to 
their  proper  haunts  at  the  opening  of  the  breeding 
season.  Similar  instances  may  be  found  in  many 
areas  in  the  temperate  zones  both  north  and  south 
of  the  Equator. 

Very  often  individuals  of  a  widely  distributed 
species  from  the  northern  part  of  the  range  tend  to 
migrate  farther  south  than  those  from  intermediate 
regions,  instead  of  there  being  a  uniform  shift  of 
northern  birds  to  the  central  portion  of  the  range,  to 
replace  others  that  have  gone  on  southward.  In 
other  words  there  is  a  tendency  for  birds  living 


DISTANCES  TRAVELLED  119 

under  fair  conditions  to  migrate  only  a  short  dis- 
tance, while  others  which  are  forced,  or  choose,  to 
migrate,  pass  on  to  distant  unoccupied  areas  for 
winter.  Mr.  H.  S.  Swarth  has  shown  an  excellent 
example  of  this  in  his  discussion  of  the  races  of  the 
fox  sparrow,  of  which  there  are  sixteen  forms  rec- 
ognized at  present.  Our  familiar  eastern  bird  nests 
from  northwestern  Alaska  to  Labrador,  and  con- 
centrates in  winter  in  the  southeastern  portion  of 
the  United  States,  so  that  it  travels  a  long  route 
each  year.  On  the  west  coast  of  North  America 
there  are  six  subspecies  of  this  bird  which  in  summer 
are  established  in  definite  breeding  ranges  from 
Unimak  Island,  at  the  end  of  the  Alaska  Peninsula, 
south  to  the  region  of  Puget  Sound.  Beginning  at 
the  north  these  forms  are  known  as  Passerella  iliaca 
unalaschcensiSy  insularisy  sinuosuy  annectens^  town- 
sendi  andfuliginosa.  (See  Fig.  4.)  The  three  north- 
ern races,  unalaschcensis^  insularis^  and  sinuosa^ 
which  occupy  complementary  ranges  extending 
from  the  Alaska  Peninsula  east  to  the  region  of 
Prince  William  Sound,  migrate  to  a  common 
wintering  ground  in  southern  California.  The 
next  form,  annectens^  breeds  in  the  Yakutat  Bay 
region  of  Alaska  and  winters  almost  entirely  in  the 
coastal  region  of  central  California.  The  form  known 
as  townsendiy  which  nests  in  the  coast  region  of 
southern  Alaska,  winters  in  the   coast   region   of 


I20  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

northern  California,  being  found  only  casually 
south  to  the  region  of  San  Francisco  Bay;  while  the 
last  of  the  forms  under  consideration,  Juliginosa^ 
from  Vancouver  Island  and  the  Puget  Sound  region, 
may  perform  a  vertical  migration  down  mountain- 
slopes,  but  aside  from  that  wanders  only  a  com- 
paratively few  miles  beyond  its  breeding  range.  The 
northern  forms  thus  pass  completely  over  those  in 
intermediate  regions  in  veritable  leapfrog  fashion. 

We  can  readily  understand  why  birds  might  wish 
to  leave  the  inhospitable  north  with  the  coming  of 
winter,  but  why  many  individuals  press  on  across 
the  equatorial  region  to  south  temperate  lands  can 
be  explained  only  by  ease  in  accomplishment  of 
flight,  and  an  instinct  to  wander.  Any  one  who  has 
worked  among  the  diversified  faunas  of  the  tropics 
will  agree  that  in  the  region  of  the  Equator  may  be 
found  areas  suitable  to  almost  any  species  of  bird, 
where  there  is  no  question  of  crowding  or  shortage 
of  food  supply.  Insects  swarm,  and  vegetable  food, 
in  form  of  seeds  and  fruits,  is  abundant.  A  climate 
that  varies  from  humid  to  arid  fosters  heavy  for- 
ests, dry,  open  scrubs,  broad  savannas  with  high 
growths  of  grasses,  or  areas  of  plain  with  herbage  in 
tufts  or  clumps.  Sandy  beaches,  or  broad  mudflats 
with  low  growths  of  mangroves,  are  found  on  the 
coasts,  and  lakes  and  streams  are  common.  Where  a 
local  dry  season  is  encountered,  it  is  necessary  only 


Figure  4 

Map  to  show  migration  of  western  forms  of  the  fox  sparrow  {Passer- 
ella  iliaca).  Breeding  range  in  solid  lines  and  winter  range  in  dotted 
lines.  Numbers  represent  subspecies  as  follows:  i,unalaschcensis;  2, 
insularis;  3,  sinuosa;  4,  annectens;  5,  townsendi;  Sfuliginosa.  Taken 
from  Swarth.  (Courtesy  of  Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  Univer- 
sity of  California.) 


DISTANCES  TRAVELLED  121 

to  shift  a  short  distance  to  an  area  where  rains  are 
prevalent,  if  such  change  is  desired.  It  would  seem 
that  any  bird  could  choose  among  these  diversified 
haunts  one  suited  to  its  needs,  and  in  fact  many  do 
linger  in  such  regions.  That  others  press  on  into  the 
summer  weather  of  the  south  temperate  region  may 
be  explained  only  by  belief  that  flight  is  not  labori- 
ous, and  that  they  delight  to  wander.  It  is  possibly 
merely  an  outgrowth,  or,  better,  a  continuation  of 
the  wandering  instinct  that  has  carried  them  to 
breeding  grounds  in  areas  where  for  part  of  the  year 
the  season  is  inhospitable. 

Mortality  Among  Migrant  Birds 

Without  great  reflection  it  is  obvious  that  the 
migrant  bird,  in  traversing  hundreds,  perhaps  thou- 
sands, of  miles  of  land  and  water,  is  subject  to  many 
more  perils  and  dangers  than  if  the  same  indi- 
vidual were  able  to  remain  in  one  locality.  Storms, 
unfamiliar  coverts,  and  exposure  to  the  attacks  of 
winged  and  four-footed  enemies,  to  say  nothing  of 
the  possibility  of  becoming  lost  while  crossing  broad 
stretches  of  water,  annually  destroy  our  smaller 
migrants  in  untold  thousands.  To  enable  mainte- 
nance of  a  species  at  the  necessary  maximum  to  pre- 
vent its  disappearance  from  the  earth,  it  is  required 
that  each  pair  shall  produce  a  sufficient  number  of 


122  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

offspring  to  permit  the  annual  toll  of  death  and  to 
leave  a  pair  to  begin  the  next  breeding  season,  with 
a  certain  ratio  of  additional  individuals  to  fill  the 
gaps  left  among  breeding  birds  that  chance  to  be 
killed  before  they  have  accomplished  the  act  of 
reproduction. 

It  has  been  noted  that  many  birds  of  continental 
areas  in  the  Tropics  are  sedentary,  or  that,  where 
there  is  wandering  among  them,  the  distance  cov- 
ered is  comparatively  slight  and  is  traversed  more  or 
less  in  the  shelter  of  their  usual  cover.  Storms  and 
the  crossing  of  broad  waters  do  not  figure  in  the 
migratory  movements  of  these,  nor  are  they  in  dan- 
ger of  becoming  lost.  As  a  corollary,  we  find  the  rate 
of  reproduction  low;  from  two  to  four  eggs  consti- 
tute a  set,  with  two  or  three  as  the  usual  number. 
Broods  may  come  at  irregular  seasons,  but  appar- 
ently it  is  normal  for  them  to  have  but  one  breeding 
period  each  year.  Among  exceptions  to  this  rule 
may  be  recorded  honey-creepers  of  the  genus 
Coereba^  which  in  the  West  Indies  rear  brood  after 
brood  throughout  the  year,  and  are  in  consequence 
overwhelmingly  abundant  in  comparison  with  other 
species.  This,  however,  is  unusual  among  tropical 
birds. 

The  case  of  the  small  migrant  perching  bird  of  the 
northern  hemisphere  is  far  different.  Families  of 
three  to  six  are  the  rule,  with  four  or  five  as  the  aver- 


MORTALITY  AMONG  MIGRANT  BIRDS      123 

age.  Some  are  restricted  to  one  annual  family, 
many  species  rear  two,  and  a  few  of  the  more  com- 
mon ones  three  broods  a  season.  In  spite  of  their 
apparent  prolificness,  these  birds  do  not  increase 
appreciably  in  numbers  unless  there  is  some  change 
in  conditions  that  affect  them.  The  family  in  the 
song  sparrow,  for  example,  which  begins  the  season 
with  two  individuals,  by  August,  if  there  has  been 
no  summer  mortality,  with  an  average  family  of 
four  to  the  brood  has  increased  to  ten  or  to  four- 
teen, depending  upon  whether  two  or  three  families 
have  been  produced.  In  other  words,  unless  deaths 
begin  early,  the  summer  season  closes  with  the  origi- 
nal pair  of  adults  augmented  by  from  eight  to  twelve 
young.  This  increase  represents  the  margin  of  safety 
in  this  particular  species,  and  illustrates  the  tremen- 
dous annual  mortality  among  song  sparrows  as  a 
group.  Ducks  rear  a  single  brood,  with  six  to  twelve 
or  more  young,  but  maintain  themselves  in  spite  of 
the  vicissitudes  of  travel  and  the  slaughter  of  the 
hunting  season.  Most  shore-birds,  with  four  young 
or  less  as  the  annual  addition,  are  unable  to  with- 
stand destruction  by  man  in  addition  to  the  other 
perils  that  they  encounter,  and  have  to  be  carefully 
protected  to  avoid  actual  extermination.  The  slow 
production  to  offset  death  in  the  passenger  pigeon, 
which  laid  but  a  single  egg,  was  unquestionably  the 
cause  of  extinction  of  this  species,  as  excessive  hunt- 


124  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

ing,  in  addition  to  the  usual  dangers  it  encountered, 
destroyed  the  delicate  balance  that  controlled  its 
existence  as  a  species,  leaving  man  as  the  ultimate 
cause  of  its  destruction,  much  as  shamefaced  hu- 
mans would  like  to  attribute  the  ruthless  extermina- 
tion of  this  fine  bird  to  some  catastrophe  of  nature. 

When  birds  have  become  accustomed  to  toll  by 
man,  protection  has  at  times  brought  a  prompt  re- 
action, as  may  be  seen  in  the  case  of  the  eastern 
robin.  For  generations  the  winter  flocks  of  this  door- 
yard  intimate  of  the  north  were  sought  by  hunters  in 
their  southern  migrations  as  basis  for  delectable  pot- 
pies.  Unfamiliar  with  the  confiding  habits  of  the 
birds  on  their  breeding  grounds,  men  had  no  scruples 
in  shooting  them  for  sport  and  food.  With  the  opera- 
tion of  the  Federal  Migratory  Bird  Treaty  Act  the 
robin,  considered  under  the  law  as  a  beneficial  song 
bird,  has  been  afforded  protection  throughout  its 
range,  so  that  it  has  increased  in  many  regions,  with 
the  result  that  now  serious  complaints  are  made  of 
its  depredations  on  small  fruits  in  the  north.  It  is 
even  stated  that  farmers  in  some  sections  of  New 
Jersey  have  given  up  the  culture  of  strawberries,  as 
they  have  been  unable  to  cope  with  the  appetite  of 
the  robin  for  that  excellent  product. 

Natural  agencies  at  intervals  take  tremendous 
toll  of  bird-life,  as  is  shown  by  the  casual  instances  in 
which  this  destruction  comes  under  the  observation 


MORTALITY  AMONG  MIGRANT  BIRDS      125 

of  man.  Sudden  storms  overtake  hurrying  clouds  of 
migrants,  and  batter  them  by  the  thousands  into 
lakes  or  seas  where  they  drown  miserably,  leaving 
windrows  of  bodies  cast  on  lonely  beaches  as  mute 
witnesses  of  tragedy.  Unseasonable  cold  may  attack 
birds  in  or  near  their  winter  homes  and  destroy 
them  in  countless  numbers.  Such  accidents  have 
beset  our  eastern  bluebird,  and  on  one  occasion  re- 
duced its  numbers  appreciably  for  a  period  of  years. 
Cold,  with  consequent  lack  of  food,  has  been  re- 
corded as  the  cause  of  death  of  myriads  of  swallows 
in  the  Chaco  of  Paraguay,  where  most  of  the  vic- 
tims were  species  migrant  from  south  temperate 
regions,  but  among  them  were  undoubtedly  individ- 
uals of  our  own  barn  swallow. 

W.  E.  Saunders  ^  has  recorded  a  catastrophe  that 
overtook  bands  of  fall  migrants  passing  across  Lake 
Huron  in  October,  1906.  A  sudden  drop  in  tempera- 
ture, followed  by  a  fall  of  snow  ranging  from  two  to 
eighteen  inches  according  to  the  locality,  apparently 
caught  a  heavy  rush  of  migration  across  the  lake. 
Thousands  of  birds  fell  into  the  water  and  were 
drowned,  to  be  cast  up  subsequently  along  the 
beaches,  where  their  bodies  in  places  were  said  to  lie 
piled  one  on  another.  At  one  point  the  dead  were 
estimated  at  1,000  to  the  mile,  and  at  another  place 
at  5,000  to  the  same  distance.  The  bulk  of  the  birds 

^  Auk,  1907,  pp.  108-110. 


126  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

were  juncos,  tree  sparrows,  white-throated  sparrows, 
swamp  sparrows,  winter  wrens,  and  golden-crowned 
kinglets,  with  scattering  rusty  grackles,  saw-whet 
owls,  brown  creepers,  hermit  thrushes,  and  miscel- 
laneous warblers,  vireos,  finches,  and  others.  Their 
total  number  was  not  computed,  but  must  have 
been  tremendous. 

Of  maximum  extent  for  one  species  are  the  catas- 
trophes that  have  beset  migrant  Lapland  longspurs 
in  the  Middle  West  on  their  northern  flights  in  very 
early  spring.  In  the  plains  regions  this  species  con- 
gregates in  enormous  numbers  where  food  is  obtain- 
able. I  have  seen  more  than  one  hundred  thousand 
gathered  in  a  single  field,  to  feed  on  various  weed 
seeds.  In  their  northward  flight  on  occasion  these 
birds  have  encountered  blinding  storms  of  wet, 
clinging  snow,  which  at  night  bewildered  the  travel- 
lers until  they  flew  into  various  obstructions,  or  sank 
to  the  ground  and  there  perished.  In  such  a  catas- 
trophe in  Minnesota,  in  March,  1907,  Dr.  T.  S. 
Roberts  has  estimated  that  750,000  of  these  birds 
lay  dead  on  the  ice  of  two  lakes,  each  a  mile  in  ex- 
tent. The  area  where  dead  birds  were  reported  in 
greater  or  less  abundance  on  this  occasion  covered 
over  1,500  square  miles.  It  is  astonishing  to  note 
that  in  the  second  winter  following  I  found  long- 
spurs  on  the  prairies  of  eastern  Kansas  in  even 
greater  numbers  than  usual.    Similar  catastrophes 


MORTALITY  AMONG  MIGRANT  BIRDS      127 

have  been  reported  recently  from  eastern  Colorado 
and  Nebraska,  so  that  the  destruction  of  individuals 
in  this  one  species  has  been  almost  inconceivable, 
running  to  many  hundreds  of  thousands  in  these 
known  instances.  It  is  of  interest  to  observe  that 
among  these  longspurs  and  in  the  instance  noted  for 
other  birds  on  Lake  Huron,  destruction  took  place 
during  a  fall  of  snow.  It  may  be  suggested  that  the 
snow  was  the  active  factor  rather  than  the  cold,  and 
that  the  steady  fall  of  flakes,  more  or  less  visible, 
brought  such  confusion  and  uncertainty  that  the 
birds  flew  downward  rather  than  directly  ahead  and 
so  came  to  their  death. 

Ducks  in  various  places  in  the  west  have  perished 
in  multitudes  from  poisonous  alkalis  concentrated  in 
or  about  lakes  or  ponds  in  which  on  other  years  the 
birds  have  fed  with  impunity.  In  part  this  has  been 
due  to  the  agency  of  man  in  withdrawing  water  from 
streams  for  irrigation  thus  lessening  the  supply  of 
fresh  water  that  had  formerly  washed  alkaline  flats. 
Such  has  been  the  case  around  Great  Salt  Lake  in 
Utah,  where  ducks  and  waders  have  died  in  tens  of 
thousands  since  1910.  Similar  conditions  occur  reg- 
ularly from  the  natural  desiccation  of  alkaline 
lakes  at  scattered  points  throughout  the  Great 
Basin,  a  condition  that  has  probably  continued 
since  long  before  the  advent  of  civilized  man.  Al- 
though these  conditions  operate  against  resident 


128  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

birds,  they  are  most  serious  in  connection  with  mi- 
grants, as  migration  carries  thousands  of  individuals 
through  these  regions  and  augments  the  number 
affected  many  fold. 

Destruction  of  migrants  through  striking  light- 
houses has  been  tremendous.  Clarke  has  described 
graphically  such  experiences  at  the  Eddystone  Light 
on  the  coast  of  England,  when  hour  after  hour  be- 
wildered birds  by  scores  hovered  mothlike  about  the 
light,  eventually  to  fall  exhausted  and  perish.  At  the 
Kentish  Knock  Lightship  conditions  were  similar. 
During  heavy  migrations  losses  were  appalling,  as 
birds  continued  to  strike  the  lantern  and  fall  into 
the  water  for  hours;  on  one  occasion,  in  mid-Octo- 
ber, such  destruction  continued  for  ten  and  one-half 
hours.  The  following  quotation  from  his  observa- 
tions at  this  lightship  is  of  interest: 

Seen  from  the  deck  the  three  beams  from  the  lantern 
appeared  to  be  thrown  towards  the  surface  of  the  sur- 
rounding waters  at  an  angle  of  45.°  The  birds — brilliant 
glistening  objects — seemed  to  ascend,  as  it  were, 
these  streams  of  light  by  a  series  of  short  jerky  flaps 
performed  by  wings  which  appeared  to  be  only  half 
spread  for  flight.  Some  of  them  paused  when  within  a 
short  distance  of  the  lantern,  remaining  almost  station- 
ary, as  if  to  sun  themselves  in  the  radiance  of  the  slowly 
passing  beam.  Others  were  bolder  and  approached  the 
light  more  closely,  but  ere  they  reached  it  spread  their 
tails  like  fans,  in  order  to  check  at  the  last  moment  their 


MORTALITY  AMONG  MIGRANT  BIRDS      129 

perilous  onward  course,  and  then  sheered  off,  returning 
in  a  moment  or  two  to  repeat  the  performance.  .  .  . 
Others,  again,  approached  the  light  gently,  and  either 
fluttered  against  the  glass,  or,  as  was  particularly  the 
case  with  the  starling,  perched  on  the  iron  frame  work  of 
the  lantern  windows  and  seemed  to  revel  in  the  light.  In 
this  respect  the  starling  differed  from  the  rest,  and  when 
one  brilliant  beam  had  passed,  the  bird  craned  its  neck 
and  appeared  to  gaze  longingly  toward  the  next,  which 
was  slowly  approaching.  Indeed,  the  actions  of  the  star- 
ling in  particular  showed  the  birds  under  the  spell  of 
some  overpowering  fascination.  A  number  of  the  visitors 
made  their  debut  with  a  wild  dash  for  the  light,  and 
these,  if  they  struck  the  glass  direct,  were  killed  out- 
right; while  if  the  contact  were  made  obliquely,  they 
glanced  off  stunned,  and,  slightly  injured,  descended 
with  a  curious  zigzag  flight  which  sometimes  carried 
them  some  little  distance  ere  they  were  lost  amid  the 
waves.  .  .  .  To  complete  the  scene  there  was  the  sin- 
gular effect  produced  by  its  central  feature  —  namely, 
the  great  lantern,  which,  placed  high  up  on  the  mast, 
swung  slowly  to  and  fro  among  the  glittering  hosts  that 
danced  attendance  upon  its  mystic  charms.  On  occa- 
sions when  the  rays  were  not  particularly  conspicuous, 
the  migrants  flew  aimlessly  around,  passing  from  ray  to 
ray,  sometimes  for  many  hours.  It  is  extraordinary  how 
long  some  birds  will  fly  round  a  light  without  resting. 
As  a  good  example  may  be  mentioned  the  case  of  a 
Kestrel,  which  appeared  at  8.00  P.M.  .  .  .  and  careered 
around  without  a  break  or  rest  of  any  kind  until  1.30 


I30  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

A.M.  .  .  .  This  bird  often  came  close  up  to  the  light,  but 
checked  itself  by  spreading  its  tail;  and  it  also  frequently 
flew  to  windward,  and  then  dashed  back  over  the  lantern 
at  a  tremendous  pace.  It  paid  no  attention  to  the  few 
birds  which  were  sometimes  present  during  its  pro- 
longed visit.^ 

Mr.  William  Brewster,  in  an  article  on  bird  migra- 
tion published  by  the  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club,^ 
has  given  a  graphic  account  of  observation  at  a  light- 
house on  Point  Lepreaux  in  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  in 
August  and  September,  1885.  Many  birds  struck 
the  light  during  the  first  week  in  September,  when 
wood  warblers,  red-eyed  vireos,  and  gray-cheeked 
thrushes  were  in  migration.  Mr.  Brewster  describes 
his  observations  on  the  night  of  September  4  in  the 
following  words : 

Above,  the  inky  black  sky;  on  all  sides,  dense  wreaths 
of  fog  scudding  swiftly  past  and  completely  enveloping 
the  sea  which  moaned  dismally  at  the  base  of  the  cliffs; 
about  the  top  of  the  tower,  a  belt  of  light  projected  some 
thirty  yards  into  the  mist  by  the  powerful  reflectors;  and 
in  this  belt  swarms  of  birds,  circling,  floating,  soaring, 
now  advancing,  next  retreating,  but  never  quite  able 
....  to  throw  off  the  spell  of  the  fatal  lantern.  Their 
rapidly  vibrating  wings  made  a  haze  about  their  forms 
which  in  the  strong  light  looked  semitransparent.  At  a 
distance  all  appeared  of  a  pale,  silvery  gray  color,  nearer, 

'  Clarke,  Studies  in  Bird  Migration  (1912),  li,  22, 23. 
2  Mem.  Nuttall Ornith.  Club,  No.  i,  1886,  pp.  7-8. 


MORTALITY  AMONG  MIGRANT  BIRDS      131 

of  a  rich  yellow.  They  reminded  me  in  turn  of  meteors, 
gigantic  moths,  swallows  with  the  sunlight  streaming 
through  their  wings.  I  could  not  watch  them  for  any 
length  of  time  without  becoming  dizzy  and  bewildered. 
When  the  wind  blew  strongly  they  circled  around  to 
leeward,  breasting  it  in  a  dense  throng,  which  drifted 
backward  and  forward,  up  and  down,  like  a  swarm  of 
gnats  dancing  in  the  sunshine.  Dozens  were  continually 
leaving  this  throng  and  skimming  toward  the  lantern. 
As  they  approached  they  invariably  soared  upward,  and 
those  which  started  on  a  level  with  the  platform  usually 
passed  above  the  roof.  Others  sheared  off  at  the  last 
moment,  and  shot  by  with  arrow-like  swiftness,  while 
more  rarely  one  would  stop  abruptly  and,  poising  a  few 
feet  from  the  glass,  inspect  the  lighted  space  within. 
Often  for  a  minute  or  more  not  a  bird  would  strike. 
Then,  as  if  seized  by  a  panic,  they  would  come  against 
the  glass  so  rapidly,  and  in  such  numbers,  that  the  sound 
of  their  blows  resembled  the  pattering  of  hail.  ...  At 
times  it  fairly  rained  birds,  and  the  platform,  wet  and 
shining,  was  strewn  with  the  dead  and  dying. 

Birds  are  attracted  to  lights  in  greatest  numbers 
on  dark  nights  when  the  air  contains  quantities  of 
moisture,  not  necessarily  in  the  form  of  fog  or  mist, 
but  often  when  it  is  suspended  invisibly.  The  great 
destruction  at  lighthouses  and  lightships  has  aroused 
considerable  interest,  especially  since  it  was  found 
that  many  birds  were  not  actually  injured  but 
merely  fluttered  down  to  fall  into  the  water  beneath. 


132  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

In  England  and  elsewhere  in  Europe  shelves  and 
perches  in  some  cases  have  been  placed  below  the 
lights,  to  afford  resting  places  for  birds,  on  which 
they  can  remain  until  they  have  overcome  their  be- 
wilderment. These  have  been  of  great  service  in  the 
conservation  of  life,  and  at  a  number  of  points  where 
birds  in  former  years  were  killed  by  thousands  now 
few  dead  are  found.  Many  modern  lighthouses  have 
lights  of  an  intermittent  type,  arranged  to  flash  at 
regular  intervals,  and  often  alternate  colored  rays 
with  the  usual  beams  of  white  light.  These  intermit- 
tent flashes,  particularly  where  they  are  not  white, 
are  not  so  attractive,  so  that  at  many  lights  the 
danger  has  been  largely  eliminated. 

It  would  appear,  too,  that  birds  may  learn  to 
avoid  such  dangers.  The  Washington  Monument,  a 
square  pillar  rising  to  a  height  of  555  feet,  was  noted 
for  years  for  the  destruction  that  it  caused  to  small 
migrants,  particularly  in  autumn,  and  thirty  or 
forty  years  ago  it  was  not  unusual  to  find  seventy- 
five  or  one  hundred  dead  warblers,  sparrows,  and 
other  small  species  about  its  base  following  a  rainy 
or  foggy  night.  Since  1910  this  destruction  has  prac- 
tically ceased,  and  it  is  now  unusual  for  even  a  few 
birds  to  strike  under  the  conditions  mentioned.  I 
have  watched  this  monument  in  recent  years  during 
the  time  of  migration,  and  have  made  many  visits  to 
it  to  look  for  birds,  but  have  seen  very  few. 


MORTALITY  AMONG  MIGRANT  BIRDS      133 

All  of  the  dangers  that  have  been  discussed  are 
those  that  regularly  beset  birds  in  their  travels,  and 
many  of  them  may  not  be  eliminated,  since  our 
feathered  friends  are  not  amenable  to  traffic  regula- 
tions which  might  promote  the  safety  of  their  jour- 
neys. 


CHAPTER  V 

General  Observations  on  Lines  of 
Migratory  Flight 

FROM  previous  statements  it  will  be  realized 
that  there  is  infinite  variety  in  the  distances 
travelled  by  various  birds  in  migration,  and  in  the 
choice  of  the  routes  that  are  followed.  In  fact,  the 
variety  is  so  great  that  it  almost  seems  as  if  the 
methods  employed  in  migration  by  no  two  species 
exactly  coincide.  One  species  travels  farther  than 
another,  one  passes  south  and  another  southwest, 
one  begins  migratory  movement  early  and  another 
procrastinates,  and  so  on  in  a  highly  varied  assort- 
ment of  differences.  There  are  factors,  however, 
that  tend  to  throw  floods  of  migration  along  certain 
lines  and  to  leave  other  areas  occupied  to  a  less  de- 
gree, so  that  there  are  certain  general  lines  of  migra- 
tion that  may  be  traced. 

Much  has  been  written  about  these  paths  of  mi- 
gration, and  it  is  generally  recognized  that  birds  in 
migratory  flight  tend  to  follow  lines  of  major  topo- 
graphic relief  on  the  earth's  surface  when  these 
trend  in  the  proper  direction.    Lanes  of  migration 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        135 

may  be  relatively  narrow,  depending  upon  the  habi- 
tat chosen  by  birds  as  a  place  to  live,  as  exemplified 
by  the  knot,  the  purple  sandpiper,  the  surf-bird,  and 
others  which,  except  when  on  their  breeding 
grounds,  normally  are  found  along  sea-coasts,  where 
their  chosen  home  is  bounded  on  one  side  by  broad 
reaches  of  salt  water  and  on  the  other  by  land  or 
fresh  water,  both  equally  unsuited  to  furnish  the 
food  and  haunt  desired  by  these  species  and  neces- 
sary to  their  well-being.  The  knot  ventures  some- 
what casually  inland,  but  the  bulk  of  its  flight  is 
coastal.  The  others  are  strictly  maritime  in  distri- 
bution except  in  their  northern  homes.  These  birds 
travel  in  narrow  lanes  from  which  there  is  no  pro- 
nounced deviation. 

In  those  species  that  migrate  habitually  overland 
the  case  is  quite  different,  since  here  the  migration 
path  is  broad  and  diffuse,  with  indefinite  boundaries. 
Throughout  the  entire  northern  hemisphere,  with 
the  exception  perhaps  of  such  tremendous  altitudes 
as  are  encountered  on  Mount  Everest,  there  is  in  all 
probability  no  point  at  which  migrants  do  not  pass. 
In  or  over  prairies  or  forested  areas,  mountains  or 
valleys,  deserts  or  marshes,  lakes  or  plains,  we  find 
migrant  birds  at  some  time  during  the  year,  or  under 
proper  conditions  hear  their  calls  as  they  pass  over- 
head at  night.  It  is  true  that  there  are  lines  of  pro- 
nounced concentration  in  migration  marked  by  some 


136  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

river  valley,  mountain  range,  or  other  feature,  but 
such  flight  lines  must  not  be  visualized  as  narrow 
paths  or  arterial  traffic  lanes,  similar  to  the  high- 
ways of  humans,  designed  especially  to  carry  avian 
travellers  north  and  south;  they  are  merely  favored 
passageways  in  one  broad  fly  line  that  is  continent 
wide  in  extent.  It  is  only  at  such  places  as  Point 
Pelee  in  Lake  Erie,  or  Whitefish  Point  in  Lake 
Superior,  that  there  is  any  true  semblance  to  a 
narrow  lane. 

It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  then,  in  subsequent  dis- 
cussion that  the  lines  of  flight  suggested  are  merely 
broad  lanes  in  which  migration  tends  to  concentrate, 
or  general  tracts  through  which  flight  is  particularly 
abundant.  Quite  often  we  find  that  early  arrivals 
among  birds  are  noted  first  at  points  in  the  concen- 
trated lanes,  and  that  only  with  the  rush  that  marks 
the  passage  of  the  mass  of  individuals  of  a  species 
do  they  appear  at  stations  at  the  side.  In  some  forms 
the  first  bird  will  be  seen  in  the  course  of  some  broad 
north  and  south  river  valley,  and  it  may  be  several 
days  before  there  is  a  spread  to  points  at  either  side. 
In  other  species  movement  may  come  on  a  broad 
front  extending  indifferently  across  the  land,  so  that 
arrivals  are  noted  simultaneously  across  the  line  of 
advance. 

The  accompanying  diagram  (see  Fig.  5)  to  illus- 
trate the  author's  conception  of  the  main  migration 


Figure  5 

Main  migration  routes  in  North  America,  from  present  knowledge. 
Broken  lines  indicate  the  course  of  broad  flight  lines  that  extend  at 
either  side.  Certain  minor  channels  not  as  yet  perfectly  understood 
are  purposely  omitted  to  avoid  confusion. 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        137 

lines  of  North  America  has  been  made  with  careful 
consideration  of  known  facts.  Professor  Cooke,  in 
his  studies,  plotted  seven  main  lines  of  flight  in 
which  more  modern  knowledge  has  suggested  modi- 
fications, and  has  added  several  minor  or  subsidiary- 
lanes. 

It  must  be  emphasized  that  the  dotted  lines  on  the 
accompanying  diagram  represent  direction  of  flight. 
They  must  not  be  construed  as  narrow  pathways. 
Migration  movement  is  continent  wide,  so  that  the 
flow  of  migrants  resembles  a  tremendous  stream  in 
which  currents  tend  in  different  directions,  with  the 
difference  that  with  birds  we  may  see  distinct  cross- 
ing of  lines  of  flight.  To  avoid  confusion  as  few 
lines  have  been  used  in  the  diagram  as  has  been 
found  practicable.  Thus  the  line  paralleling  the 
eastern  coast  represents  southward  flight  along  the 
coast  and  in  the  interior,  and  lines  in  the  interior  are 
intended  to  convey  the  idea  of  movement  through 
broad  adjacent  areas. 

In  following  paragraphs  the  discussion  is  directed 
mainly  to  the  southward  flight  in  autumn.  North- 
ward migrations,  except  as  elsewhere  noted,  flow  in 
general  through  the  same  channels. 

To  begin  in  the  east,  the  first  of  the  major  north 
and  south  lines  is  one  that  leads  directly  south  across 
the  Atlantic  Ocean  from  the  coasts  of  Nova  Scotia 
and  Labrador  through  or  past  Bermuda,  perhaps 


138  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

extending  in  part  through  the  Bahamas  and  the 
larger  West  Indian  Islands,  to  the  Lesser  Antilles, 
and  then  down  the  course  of  these  small  islands  to 
the  mainland  of  South  America.  No  land  birds  are 
known  to  make  the  long  sea  flight  that  this  journey- 
entails,  but  it  is  a  regular  route  in  autumn  lor  thou- 
sands of  water-birds,  of  which  the  golden  plover  is 
the  best  example.  The  route  seems  to  be  used  by- 
many  other  shore-birds,  which  pass  directly  south 
without  troubling  to  follow  the  eastern  coast  line  of 
the  United  States,  as  distance  means  little  to  these 
strong  flyers.  It  is  also  the  passage  taken  in  part  by 
such  sea-birds  as  jaegers,  and  perhaps  by  the  Arctic 
tern.  As  it  lies  at  sea,  it  is  known  definitely  only  at 
the  terminals  or  at  the  intermediate  lands  that  offer 
points  of  observation.  Some  shore-birds  that  nest 
on  the  Arctic  tundras  of  northwestern  North 
America  in  autumn  fly  southeast  to  follow  finally 
the  sea  road  that  has  just  been  outlined. 

Another  regular  lane  extends  down  the  eastern 
coast  of  the  United  States,  restricted  for  some 
species  to  the  immediate  vicinity  of  salt  water,  while 
for  others  there  is  available  inland  a  broad  stretch  of 
land  along  which  minor  routes  of  travel  may  be  es- 
tablished. Many  coastal  points  in  this  line  are 
famous  as  points  of  observation  both  for  land  and 
water-birds  as  they  offer  a  considerable  diversity  of 
natural  conditions.  The  shore-birds  that  have  been 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        139 

mentioned,  so  far  as  known,  return  north  in  spring 
by  routes  that  carry  them  along  or  over  the  land,  so 
that  the  outer  sea  lane  is  used  apparently  by  few 
individuals  in  returning  to  the  north. 

From  the  interior  basin  that  drains  into  Hudson 
Bay  and  the  Arctic  Ocean  many  birds  converge  in 
southward  flight  on  the  Great  Lakes,  and  then  pass 
directly  south,  as  is  the  case  with  the  blue  goose, 
which  travels  from  its  breeding  grounds  somewhere 
in  western  Keewatin  to  this  point  and  then  drives 
south  to  the  Gulf  coast  of  Louisiana  and  Texas. 
Others  from  this  same  point,  including  many  ducks 
and  geese,  pass  directly  southeast  toward  the  head  of 
Delaware  and  Chesapeake  bays  and  ultimately 
reach  Currituck  Sound  and  the  coast  of  South  Caro- 
lina. There  is  also  migration,  not  indicated  on  the 
map  since  it  is  only  partly  understood,  among  a  few 
birds  from  the  interior  plains  region  to  the  southeast 
that  brings  such  species  as  LeConte's  sparrow  to  the 
coast  of  South  Carolina. 

Migrants  that  continue  to  wintering  grounds 
beyond  Florida  and  the  Gulf  Coast  have  now  a 
choice  of  three  travel  lanes.  One  of  these  leads 
through  Florida,  Cuba,  the  Bahamas,  Santo  Do- 
mingo, Porto  Rico,  and  the  Lesser  Antilles,  to  South 
America.  Though  a  considerable  number  of  migrant 
land  birds  embark  on  this  passage  the  majority  are 
content  to  linger  in  Antillean  islands,  and  few  seem 


140  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

to  traverse  the  entire  route.  Many  wood  warblers 
pursue  this  course  in  both  spring  and  autumn,  and 
are  found  abundantly  in  passage.  More  popular  is 
the  direct  line  from  Florida  to  Cuba  and  Jamaica, 
with  a  long  stretch  of  five  hundred  miles  which 
reaches  across  the  Caribbean  Sea  to  the  coasts  of 
Colombia  and  Venezuela.  Our  bobolink,  trans- 
formed in  fall  into  a  dull-colored,  sparrowlike  reed- 
bird  or  rice-bird,  seeks  this  line  of  flight  and  seldom 
varies  far  from  it,  as  only  once  has  it  been  recorded 
east  as  far  as  Vieques  Island  east  of  Porto  Rico.  The 
chuck-wills-widow,  a  whippoorwill-like  bird  of  the 
southeastern  states,  in  part  crosses  this  route, 
though  some  individuals  remain  to  winter  in  the 
West  Indies.  Yellow-billed  and  black-billed  cuckoos, 
the  gray-cheeked  thrush,  the  bank  swallow,  and 
the  black-poll  warbler,  may  traverse  this  road,  but 
on  the  whole  it  is  not  popular  except  with  the  bobo- 
link. 

Fear  of  a  sea-passage  cannot  account  for  the  com- 
paratively small  number  of  birds  that  cross  the 
Caribbean  Sea  from  Cuba,  since  to  the  westward 
from  Florida  to  Texas  the  path  of  the  main  flight  of 
birds  that  passes  to  Central  America  leads  across  the 
width  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  Yucatan  and  Vera 
Cruz,  a  journey  necessitating  navigation  of  an  open 
area  of  sea  as  broad  as  the  Caribbean.  This  route 
seems  to  receive  migrants  that  pass  south  through 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        141 

the  coastal  plain  and  Piedmont  plateau  east  of  the 
Alleghany  Mountains,  those  that  come  down  the 
broad  reach  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  and  many 
that  come  south  through  the  Plains  region.  Millions 
of  birds  then  cross  the  stretch  of  five  to  seven  hun- 
dred miles  of  open  water  across  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
to  reach  southern  Mexico,  where  there  is  land  over 
which  they  may  continue  to  Central  America  or  to 
South  America.  The  Isthmus  of  Panama  offers  a 
narrow  passage,  but  apparently  many  birds  scorn 
its  protection  and  fly  directly  across  the  Bay  of 
Panama.  I  have  seen  barn  swallows  in  such  flight, 
and  have  examined  in  the  flesh  a  Traill's  flycatcher 
killed  by  striking  a  ship  crossing  this  bay  at  night. 
Hosts  of  warblers  and  others  of  our  smaller  birds 
cross  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  direct,  and  comparatively 
few  take  the  more  roundabout  channel  through 
Florida  to  Cuba  and  from  Cuba  to  Yucatan,  though 
for  many  years  this  was  assumed  to  be  the  regular 
channel  for  our  eastern  birds  that  winter  in  eastern 
Mexico.  It  seems  simpler  for  the  travellers  to  at- 
tempt the  direct  journey  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  on 
the  Cuban  route  it  would  be  necessary  to  cross 
barely  one  hundred  miles  of  open  water. 

In  the  northern  portion  of  the  broad  central  area 
of  North  America  there  is  a  distinct  trend  of  migra- 
tion lines  in  spring  toward  the  northwest  (and  in 
autumn  to  the  southeast),  which  carries  many  dis- 


142  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

tinctly  eastern  forms  to  the  Mackenzie  River  Valley 
and  even  into  Alaska. 

In  western  North  America  we  find,  in  general,  a 
wide,  poorly  defined  flight  line,  which  carries  birds 
through  the  Plains  area  or  the  Rocky  Mountains 
southward  into  Mexico.  The  northern  portion  of 
the  Great  Basin,  particularly  the  region  about  Great 
Salt  Lake  in  Utah,  has  proved  to  be  an  area  of  con- 
centration in  autumn  migration,  particularly  for 
migrant  ducks  and  shore-birds  coming  from  the 
north.  Such  birds  concentrate  in  these  great 
marshes,  and  then  in  subsequent  flight  may  travel 
southeast,  south,  or  southwest.  There  appear  to  be 
two  main  flight  lines,  one  that  crosses  the  mountains 
to  the  western  border  of  the  Plains  and  then  sweeps 
southward,  and  another  that  passes  to  the  west  and 
southwest  through  areas  of  desert,  to  cross  the 
Sierra  Nevada  and  pour  a  vast  flood  of  birds  into 
the  trough  of  the  interior  valley  of  California  east  of 
the  Coast  Range.  The  return  flight  in  spring,  while 
abundant,  is  of  somewhat  different  character,  since 
many  birds  that  come  south  through  this  region 
seem  to  migrate  north  by  other  lines.  The  early 
spring  flights  have  not  been  adequately  studied,  and 
will  no  doubt  with  close  observation  yield  unsus- 
pected facts.  It  is  possible  that  a  number  of  northern 
water-birds  not  supposed  to  pass  commonly  through 
the  interior  use  the  Bear  River  marshes  at  the  north- 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        143 

ern  end  of  Great  Salt  Lake  as  a  regular  stopping 
station  in  the  spring  of  the  year. 

Some  migrants  through  the  Rocky  Mountain 
region  continue  south  into  Mexico,  but  few  seem  to 
penetrate  far  beyond  the  Mexican  tableland.  Study 
of  migration  in  that  part  of  the  Rocky  Mountain 
region  south  of  the  area  where  severe  winters  come 
to  the  valleys  is  complicated  by  many  altitudinal 
movements,  in  which  birds  merely  move  up  and 
down  the  mountain  slopes  as  the  seasons  change. 
The  greater  part  of  the  species  found  are  not  exten- 
sive travellers  except  for  those  finches,  sparrows, 
shrikes,  thrushes,  and  water-birds  that  nest  in  the 
far  north  and  winter  in  this  region. 

West  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  there  is  a  broad 
line  of  flight  down  the  Sacramento  and  San  Joaquin 
valleys  in  California,  which  is  scarcely  separated  by 
the  coast  ranges  from  a  coastal  line  that  passes 
south  to  southern  California  and  for  some  birds  con- 
tinues down  the  coast  of  Mexico.  This  coastal  line  is 
marked  strongly  by  species  of  migrant  water-birds 
which  are  restricted  to  the  vicinity  of  salt  water  in 
their  search  for  food.  Some  of  these  are  truly  shore- 
birds  and  follow  the  beaches.  Others  are  maritime, 
among  which  are  included  great  numbers  of  shear- 
waters and  fulmars,  and  many  auklets,  that  pass  at 
sea. 

Many  peculiarities  of  distribution  due  to  migra- 


144  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

tion  lines  are  found  in  western  North  America^  par- 
ticularly in  Alaska  and  British  Columbia.  The  east- 
ern robin  travels  north  to  the  headwaters  of  the 
Mackenzie  River,  then  swings  over  into  the  valley 
of  the  Yukon  and  continues  to  the  Kowak  River  in 
northwestern  Alaska.  The  western  robin,  a  sub- 
species characterized  by  somewhat  greater  size, 
paler  coloration,  and  lack  of  white  spots  on  the  tail, 
when  compared  with  the  eastern  bird,  though  found 
in  British  Columbia  and  Saskatchewan,  in  Alaska 
covers  only  the  coastal  district  of  southwestern 
Alaska  and  does  not  penetrate  into  the  interior. 

In  work  on  the  Stikine  River  region  of  northern 
British  Columbia  and  southwestern  Alaska,  Mr.  H.  S. 
Swarth  has  found  that  certain  migratory  forms  of 
the  interior  cross  the  mountains  to  the  valley  of  the 
Stikine  (which  flows  into  the  Pacific),  and  penetrate 
far  down  the  river  into  territory  that  would  in  most 
cases  be  assigned  on  geographic  grounds  to  the  forms 
of  birds  found  in  the  coast  region  proper.  The  north- 
ern flicker  (Colaptes  auratus  borealis)^  the  eastern 
nighthawk  (Chordeiles  m.  minor),  Hammond's  fly- 
catcher {Empidonax  hammondi),  the  Canada  jay 
{Perisoreus  c,  canadensis),  the  rusty  blackbird 
(Euphagus  carolinus),  the  eastern  chipping  sparrow 
{Spizella  p.  passerina),  the  eastern  yellow  warbler 
{Dendroica  a.  aestiva),  and  the  redstart  {Setophaga 
ruticilld),  here  all  cross  the  mountains  and  establish 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        145 

breeding  stations  from  twenty  to  one  hundred  miles 
from  the  point  where  the  Stikine  debouches  into  the 
Pacific.  In  the  valley  of  the  Skeena  River,  two  hun- 
dred miles  south  of  the  Stikine,  the  catbird,  king- 
bird, and  red^eyed  vireo,  all  eastern  forms,  penetrate 
to  within  one  hundred  and  eighty  miles  of  the  sea. 
In  normal  migration  these  retrace  their  route  across 
the  mountains  and  move  south  along  the  broad  in- 
terior flight  lines. 

In  considering  North  America  as  a  whole,  we  must 
mention  also  two  important  terminals,  one  on  the 
northeast  and  the  other  on  the  northwest,  where 
a  few  extralimital  birds  come  to  our  shores  to  breed 
and  then  in  fall  return  to  Old  World  wintering 
grounds.  In  Ellesmere  Land  and  Greenland,  for 
example,  we  find  the  wheatear  breeding  regularly; 
and  J.  C.  Phillips,  reasoning  from  the  many  records 
of  the  European  widgeon  in  the  eastern  United 
States,  is  inclined  to  believe  that  this  duck  has  a 
breeding  colony  in  Greenland. 

In  western  Alaska  Kennicott's  willow  warbler  and 
the  Alaskan  yellow  wagtail  nest  each  summer,  and 
then  return  westward,  to  migrate  south  through 
eastern  Asia,  while  the  European  teal  (Nettion 
creccd)  crosses  to  breed  in  the  Aleutian  Islands,  but 
is  not  known  to  reach  the  mainland.  The  Old  World 
warbler  and  the  wagtail  mentioned  have  had  their 
Alaskan  colonies  so  long  established  that  birds  from 


146  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Alaska  now  differ  sufficiently  in  color  from  Siberian 
stock  to  enable  them  to  be  distinguished  as  sub- 
species. This  indicates  long  residence,  yet  we  find 
them  following  a  perilous  migration  route  across  the 
stormy,  often  fog-bound  waters  of  Bering  Sea  to  an 
Old  World  winter  home,  when  a  safer  route  to  the 
south  in  the  New  World  is  open  to  them.  Still  more 
intriguing  and  exciting  to  the  imagination  are  the 
birds  that  nest  in  Alaska,  or  in  Siberia,  and  migrate 
south  across  the  open  sea  to  winter  in  the  islands  of 
the  Pacific.  From  the  American  side  these  are 
mainly  water-birds  whose  movements  will  be  dis- 
cussed in  another  connection  later. 

Migration  routes  in  Europe  have  been  worked  out 
in  considerable  detail,  while  those  of  Asia  have  been 
indicated,  but  are  less  certainly  known.  A  hasty 
review  will  give  some  of  the  interesting  points  con- 
cerning the  main  channels. 

To  begin  in  the  west  —  there  is  a  broad  zone  of 
flight  that  extends  from  the  Arctic  islands  of  Spitz- 
bergen  and  Nova  Zembla  south,  by  way  of  the  Scan- 
dinavian peninsula,  to  the  British  Isles,  a  line  that 
receives  certain  tributary  flight  from  Greenland  and 
Iceland.  In  England  lines  of  flight  extend  along  the 
coasts,  carrying  large  numbers  of  birds,  while  others 
spread  back  inland  throughout  the  island. 

Another  broad  line  is  supposed  to  cross  from  the 
shores  of  the  White  Sea  in  Russia  to  Holland,  or  to 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        147 

pass  via  the  valley  of  the  Rhine  to  the  shores  of  the 
Mediterranean.  Of  special  interest  are  flights  east 
and  west  across  the  English  Channel  from  the 
French  and  Flemish  coasts  to  England.  A  compli- 
cated line  of  flight  is  indicated  also  south  and  south- 
west through  Russia.  Many  of  the  migrants  from 
Europe  find  congenial  winter  quarters  by  flights 
across  the  Mediterranean  Sea  to  Africa,  where  there 
is  a  vast  land  area  offering  them  choice  of  highly 
diversified  land  conditions. 

In  Siberia  the  valleys  of  the  Obi,  Yenesei,  and 
Lena  are  supposed  to  offer  broad  pathways  south, 
which  may  swing  migrants  down  past  the  Black  Sea 
into  Egypt,  via  the  Caspian  Sea,  to  the  shores  of  the 
Persian  Gulf,  or  through  mountain  passes  into  India 
or  the  Malayan  countries.  The  wintering  hordes 
toward  the  east  are  swelled  by  a  flood  of  birds  that 
come  south  from  Kamchatka,  eastern  Siberia,  and 
Manchuria  coastwise  into  Japan,  the  Philippine 
Islands,  Malaysia,  and  the  islands  to  the  south. 

The  flights  indicated  are  broadly  outlined,  with- 
out reference  to  many  cross  lines  and  minor  divi- 
sions which  are  not  pertinent  in  the  present  work. 
They  may  be  dismissed  with  the  statement  that 
they  seem  more  complicated  than  those  known  in 
North  America. 

Winter  migrants  from  the  north  are  abundantly 
evident  in  many  of  the  East  Indian  Islands  at  the 


148  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

proper  season.  In  the  Philippines  hundreds  of  wag- 
tails, pipits,  and  waders  appear  during  autumn 
migration,  some  to  remain  for  the  winter,  others  to 
pass  on  to  points  farther  south.  In  the  Celebes,  in 
addition  to  these  northern  migrants,  there  are  re- 
corded various  movements  among  local  birds  which 
shift  to  some  extent  with  the  seasons.  With  the 
flowering  and  fruiting  of  certain  trees  small  parrots 
of  several  species  iXrichoglossus  ornatus^  Eutelipsitta 
meyeri,  and  Loriculus  stigmatus)  are  abundant  in 
Manado  in  March,  April,  or  May,  and  then  disap- 
pear, while  a  weaver-finch  congregates  in  Makassar 
during  the  rice  harvest  in  June  and  July,  and  then 
disperses.  Certain  large  pigeons,  as  the  nutmeg 
pigeon  and  some  of  its  allies,  travel  widely  through 
the  East  Indies,  where  they  wander  with  the  avail- 
ability of  food,  but  resort  at  the  proper  season  to 
restricted  areas  to  nest.  The  Nicobar  pigeon  in  par- 
ticular has  this  habit,  and  may  spread  through  an 
area  of  broad  extent  during  its  wanderings. 

South  of  the  Equator  we  find  few  published  data 
that  give  definite  routes  of  migration,  and  those  few 
are  so  widely  scattered  that  it  is  not  practicable  to 
summarize  them  completely  here.  Merely  a  hint 
of  the  main  routes  followed  may  be  traced  in  state- 
ments in  paragraphs  that  follow. 

From  North  America  a  number  of  species  of  birds 
come  annually  to  winter  in  South  America,  but  com- 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        149 

paratively  few  of  these  pass  beyond  the  tropics. 
There  are  some  however  that  go  south  regularly  to 
the  South  Temperate  Zone,  and  among  those  that 
perform  this  extended  flight  are  a  few  birds  of  com- 
paratively small  size.  The  barn  swallow  migrates  in 
part  to  Paraguay  and  Argentina,  and  may  be  found 
in  the  southern  spring  hawking  about  with  flocks  of 
native  swallows,  some  of  which  later  may  retreat  to 
Patagonia  to  breed.  The  bobolink  is  more  worthy  of 
mention  as,  though  the  barn  swallow  ranges  from 
the  West  Indies  southward  in  winter,  the  bobolink 
withdraws  entirely  into  Brazil  and  the  Chaco. 

The  cliff"  swallow,  the  olive-backed  thrush,  the 
yellow-billed  cuckoo,  the  nighthawk,  and  Swainson's 
hawk  are  regular,  though  not  abundant,  arrivals  as 
far  as  northern  i\rgentina,  while  along  the  coasts  of 
the  Province  of  Buenos  Aires  we  may  expect  para- 
sitic and  long-tailed  jaegers,  and  Cabot's,  royal,  and 
arctic  terns.  The  bulk  of  North  American  migrants 
here,  however,  is  composed  of  shore-birds,  of  which 
some  species,  as  the  golden  plover,  the  upland 
plover,  Baird's,  white-rumped,  buff-breasted,  and 
pectoral  sandpipers,  the  Hudsonian  godwit,  and  for- 
merly the  Eskimo  curlew,  find  in  the  pampas  and  in 
Patagonia  their  winter  metropolis.  A  few  individuals 
of  these  northern  species  arrive  in  the  south  in 
July  and  August,  but  the  main  southward  flight 
occurs  from  September  to  October.   In  other  words 


I50  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

these  shore-birds  pass  south  with  the  coming  of 
autumn  in  the  northern  hemisphere,  cross  the  Equa- 
tor, and  then  follow  the  advance  of  the  southern 
spring  to  their  winter  home,  where  they  live  amid 
summer  weather.  At  the  close  of  the  southern  sum- 
mer, with  the  coming  of  colder  weather  in  February 
and  March,  they  withdraw  northward  and  again 
cross  the  Equator,  to  follow  the  northern  spring  in 
its  advance  to  their  breeding  grounds  in  the  northern 
United  States,  Canada,  and  Arctic  America.  Their 
journey  thus  is  timed  to  take  advantage  of  the  shift- 
ing seasons  of  both  hemispheres. 

In  their  movements  through  South  America  these 
northern  species  have  three  main  routes,  one  along 
the  Atlantic  Coast,  one  that  skirts  the  Pacific  Coast 
line,  and  a  third  that  follows  north  and  south  along 
the  great  interior  river  system  of  the  Paraguay  and 
Parana.  There  is  also  migration,  not  well  under- 
stood, across  the  high  plateaus  of  the  Andes,  parti- 
cularly in  the  vicinity  of  Lake  Titicaca. 

With  regard  to  the  movements  of  native  birds  in 
South  America,  there  are  many  observations  on 
record  in  the  writings  of  Dabbene,  Gibson,  Hudson, 
and  others,  while  J.  L.  Peters  has  given  an  account 
of  the  spring  arrival  of  a  number  of  species  in  north- 
ern Patagonia. 

Migratory  movements  are  as  readily  evident  to 
the  field  observer  as  in  northern  regions.   Flocks  of 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        151 

various  species  of  ducks,  seed-snipe,  small  flycatch- 
ers {Lessonia  rufd),  that  run  about  on  the  open 
ground,  a  migrant  form  of  house  wren,  with  other 
birds,  appear  in  the  Province  of  Buenos  Aires  from 
more  southern  regions  at  the  beginning  of  winter, 
and  as  summer  approaches,  again  withdraw  to  the 
southward.  A  goatsucker  (Xhermochalcis  longiros- 
tris)  is  a  regular  summer  migrant  from  Brazil  to 
Patagonia.  Occasionally  one  becomes  lost  in  pas- 
sage across  the  pampas  and  descends  in  some  Ar- 
gentine estancia,  where  it  is  greeted  with  amazement 
by  wondering  peons,  who  seek  its  feathers  as  a  po- 
tent charm  by  whose  force  a  suitor  may  hope  to  gain 
favor  in  the  eyes  of  his  inamorata.  Near  Buenos 
Aires  the  jacana,  the  sulphur-bellied  flycatcher 
{Myiodynastes  solitarius)^  two  species  of  martins 
{Progne  elegans  and  Phaeoprogne  t.  taper  a)  ^  and  a 
small  swallow  {Jridoprocne  albiventris)  are  summer 
visitants,  which  at  the  approach  of  cold  retire  to  the 
north,  as  does  the  bulk  of  some  other  species,  a  part 
of  whose  individuals  are  sufficiently  hardy  to  brave 
the  moderate  cold  of  winter  in  that  latitude. 

Even  in  northern  Paraguay,  in  the  edge  of  the 
tropics,  the  spring  migration  is  easily  evident,  as 
with  the  advance  of  September  Podager  nacunda,  a 
bird  related  to  the  nighthawk,  passes  in  regular 
evening  flights  toward  its  summer  haunt  in  the 
pampas,  hawking  for  food  as  it  travels  in  rapid  zig- 


152  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

zags  across  openings  in  the  forest;  a  kingbird  {Ty- 
rannus  m.  melancholicus)  appears  and  continues 
south  into  the  scantily  wooded  area  of  central  Ar- 
gentina; and  a  little  goatsucker  {Setopagis  parvulus) 
arrives  from  winter  quarters  in  Bolivia  and  Brazil, 
to  utter  its  tremulous  calls  at  evening. 

The  low  woodland  of  the  level  reaches  of  the  in- 
terior Chaco,  which  lies  west  of  the  Rios  Parana  and 
Paraguay,  from  Santa  Fe  in  Argentina  to  southern 
Bolivia,  with  its  dense  jungles  impervious  to  cold 
winds,  and  its  tangled  openings  where  the  rays  of 
the  sun  are  warm  even  on  frosty  mornings,  harbors 
many  winter  visitants  from  the  more  open  country, 
or  from  the  mountain  slopes  to  the  west.  Here 
small  flycatchers,  warblers,  and  other  insect-eating 
birds  rest  in  comfort,  remaining  quiet  during  brief 
spells  of  cold,  and  becoming  active  when  the  sun 
appears.  Broad  stretches  of  dense  scrub  that  cover 
the  low  hills  east  of  the  mountains  from  Tucuman 
northward,  also  offer  secure  coverts  where  small 
birds  at  times  fairly  swarm. 

Altitudinal  migration  is  easily  evident  in  the 
Andean  foothills  from  Bolivia  southward,  as  in 
autumn  flycatchers  and  other  small  birds  work  down 
the  mountain  slopes  in  little  bands  which  travel 
down  to  the  plains  and  then  pass  on  northward. 
With  heavy  storms  at  high  altitudes  these  move- 
ments are  especiallv  marked  and  may  include  birds 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        153 

from  the  hills,  which  migrate  temporarily  to  the 
warmer  lowlands  and  then  return  to  higher  regions 
after  the  stress  of  weather  has  passed. 

In  considering  migration  among  birds  of  this  por- 
tion of  the  southern  hemisphere  we  must  not  neglect 
to  examine  the  remarkable  habits  of  some  of  the 
shearwaters  and  petrels.  The  sooty  shearwater,  for 
example,  nests  on  islands  in  New  Zealand  seas  and  in 
the  vicinity  of  Cape  Horn,  and  in  May,  after  the 
breeding  season,  migrates  northward,  to  cross  the 
Equator  through  both  great  oceans,  and  reach  the 
latitude  of  southern  Greenland  and  the  Kuril  and 
Aleutian  islands.  In  September,  it  returns  south- 
ward. The  slender-billed  shearwater,  at  the  same 
season,  from  breeding  grounds  in  southern  Austra- 
lian and  New  Zealand  waters,  comes  north  along  the 
western  side  of  the  Pacific,  and  in  May  passes  south 
along  the  eastern  shores  of  that  ocean.  One  or  the 
other  of  these  two  species  in  Alaskan  waters,  ranges 
in  flocks  numbering  tens  of  thousands.  Wilson's 
petrel,  the  little  Mother  Carey's  chicken  of  the 
sailor,  also  nests  in  extreme  southern  latitudes  and 
passes  north  in  March,  April,  and  May,  on  erratic 
flights  that  carry  it  through  the  oceans  of  the  entire 
world  with  the  exception  of  the  North  Pacific.  These 
species  and  some  others  penetrate  as  far  north  of  the 
Equator,  as  some  terns,  jaegers,  and  shore-birds 
which  breed  in  the  Arctic  travel  south  of  it. 


154  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

The  migrations  of  birds  in  Africa  are  comparable 
to  those  recorded  for  South  America,  though,  as  on 
that  continent,  information  available  from  the  tropi- 
cal area  is  meagre,  since  ornithologists  interested  in 
the  subject  have  seldom  been  resident  for  sufficient 
time  to  make  prolonged  observations.  As  a  winter 
resort  for  migrants  from  the  Northern  Hemisphere, 
Africa  is  more  popular  than  South  America,  prob- 
ably because  of  the  comparative  ease  with  which  it 
is  reached  by  cautious  wayfarers.  Spain,  Italy,  and 
near-by  islands,  and  Arabia,  offer  passageways  on  a 
broad  front  for  birds  that  do  not  care  to  attempt 
directly  a  crossing  of  the  comparatively  narrow 
width  of  the  Mediterranean.  If  blown  aside  by 
storm,  migrants  have  fair  chance  of  a  landing  some- 
where on  the  broad  land  area  of  either  the  northern 
or  southern  continent,  so  that  the  dangers  of  crossing 
are  little  more  than  those  incurred  in  flight  over 
land.  The  physical  barriers  imposed  against  mi- 
grants are  thus  more  favorable  than  in  the  New 
World,  where  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean 
Sea  extend  at  an  angle,  with  a  narrow  line  of  islands, 
separated  by  considerable  distances  in  some  cases, 
forming  the  only  barrier  from  the  open  sea  on  the 
east.  It  has  been  said  that  more  migrants  cross  the 
Mediterranean  Sea  than  any  other  sea  in  the  world 
though  whether  more  pass  than  fly  across  the  Carib- 
bean and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  combined  is  perhaps 
open  to  question. 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        155 

In  the  Cape  region  of  South  Africa  W.  L.  Sclater 
has  recorded  seventy-six  migrant  species  from 
Europe  and  Asia  that  come  for  the  period  of  the 
northern  winter;  while  J.  P.  Chapin,  working 
mainly  in  the  forest  belt  of  equatorial  Africa,  has 
recorded  approximately  fifty  visitors  from  the  Palae- 
arctic  region.  On  the  face  of  it  one  might  suppose 
that  the  great  desert  of  the  Sahara  would  interpose  a 
barrier  to  flight  as  perilous  to  cross  as  that  of  some 
great  sea,  but  apparently  this  is  hardly  true  since, 
though  bird  life  is  scant  in  areas  of  shifting  sands, 
zoological  exploration  of  recent  years  has  yielded  a 
varied  avifauna  in  many  districts  in  the  Sahara. 
Hartert  has  recorded  24  or  more  Northern  Hemi- 
sphere migrants  in  Air  in  the  central  Sahara,  where 
they  were  associated  with  many  obviously  tropical 
species;  and  there  are  broad  areas  where  desert 
mountains  and  semi-arid  valleys  offer  favorable 
conditions.  To  the  eastward  the  Nile  Valley  and  the 
eastern  coast-line  offer  ready  fly  lines,  which  lead  as 
far  south  as  the  bird  may  care  to  go.  The  valley  of 
the  Nile  in  particular  is  favored  by  multitudes  of 
shore-birds,  cranes,  ducks,  and  other  fowl  that  nest 
in  northern  Europe  and  Siberia. 

The  northern  migrants  that  reach  southern  Africa 
arrive  in  October  and  leave  for  the  north  in  March 
and  April.  Among  them  are  included  such  well- 
known  European  birds  as  the  golden  oriole,  four 


156  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

forms  of  wagtail,  the  red-backed  shrike,  the  willow 
wren,  the  spotted  flycatcher,  the  swallow,  the 
Egyptian  kite,  three  marsh  harriers,  the  white 
stork,  five  plovers,  and  an  assortment  of  other  shore- 
birds.  In  southern  Africa  Sclater  finds  21  native 
species  regularly  migrant  toward  the  north  at  the 
close  of  summer,  which  return  in  spring  to  breed. 
They  are  supposed  to  winter  in  central  Africa. 
Curiously  enough,  of  the  entire  number  of  these 
migrants  no  less  than  nine  are  cuckoos.  These  are 
accompanied  by  three  native  forms  of  swallows,  a 
swift,  a  roller,  a  wryneck,  a  falcon,  Abdim's  stork, 
two  coursers  {Cursorius  temminckii  and  Rhinoptilus 
chalcopterus)y  and  a  wattled  plover  {Afribyx  sene- 
gallus  lateralis). 

Local  migration  is,  however,  more  extensive  in 
southern  Africa  than  the  list  just  enumerated  would 
indicate,  since  there  are  about  fifty  additional  forms 
a  part  of  whose  individuals  remain  in  winter  when 
others  travel  to  the  north.  Movements  among 
these  are  dependent  in  part  upon  rains  or  other 
conditions.  Some,  as  the  wattled  starling  and 
Nordmann's  pratincole,  wander,  when  not  nesting, 
with  the  appearance  and  disappearance  of  the  hordes 
of  locusts  for  which  these  regions  are  noted.  The 
white  stork,  a  migrant  from  Europe,  joins  them  in 
their  travels  during  the  season  that  it  is  present. 
Andersson,  in  studies  of  the  birds  of  Damaraland, 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        157 

recorded  a  number  of  species  which  were  present 
only  during  the  rainy  season,  a  condition  that  may 
hold  as  well  in  other  parts  of  Africa. 

In  the  northeastern  section  of  the  Congo  Basin 
Chapin,  during  observations  that  covered  three 
successive  years,  has  recorded  nearly  forty  species 
of  truly  African  birds  which  he  considered  more  or 
less  migrant.  Most  interesting  among  these  is  the 
pennant-winged  night-jar  (Cosmetornis  vexillarius)^ 
a  remarkable  species  in  which  the  adult  male  has 
two  of  the  inner  primaries  (the  second  and  third) 
greatly  elongated,  so  that  they  measure  two  and 
one  half  times  the  length  of  the  bird  from  the  end 
of  the  bill  to  the  tip  of  the  tail.  Though  strictly 
tropical  in  its  range,  this  striking  species  migrates 
regularly  back  and  forth  across  the  Equator  twice 
each  year.  From  September  to  November  it  breeds 
in  the  open  country  south  of  the  equatorial  forest, 
from  Angola  and  Lake  Tanganyika  to  Damaraland 
and  the  Transvaal.  A  few  birds  remain  throughout 
the  season  in  the  northern  edge  of  the  breeding  zone, 
but  the  majority  migrate  northward  in  February  to 
Uganda  and  the  grass  country  adjoining  the  forest 
on  the  north.  Its  movements  correspond  with  the 
seasonal  appearance  of  termites  in  the  two  regions 
concerned,  so  that  in  the  activities  of  these  insects, 
which  form  a  valuable  food,  we  may  see  a  reason  for 
the  shifting  in  range  on  the  part  of  the  goatsucker. 


158  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

An  allied  species,  the  standard-wing  night-jar 
(Macrodipteryx  longipennis)^  has  somewhat  similar 
habits,  and  a  like  migration  is  suspected  in  the  case 
of  other  birds. 

i^i;  Before  leaving  the  subject  of  Africa  it  may  be  men- 
tioned that  thirty-six  forms  of  sea-birds  are  found 
on  the  southern  coasts,  most  abundantly  in  the 
winter  period  from  March  to  October,  which  in  the 
breeding  season  leave  for  islands  far  distant  in  the 
ocean,  where  they  rear  their  young.  The  majority 
of  these — twenty-nine  to  be  exact — are  petrels, 
shearwaters,  and  albatrosses,  while  the  others  are 
mainly  terns. 

Perhaps  there  are  fewer  data  assembled  on  the 
migration  of  birds  in  Australia  than  on  this  phenom- 
enon in  any  of  the  other  continents,  yet  a  study 
of  the  movement  of  birds  here  is  highly  important, 
in  the  evidence  it  offers  that  may  throw  light  on  the 
possible  origin  of  migratory  movement.  There  are, 
as  in  other  southern  continents,  a  small  number  of 
species  that  come  in  search  of  winter  quarters. 
Thirty  of  the  migrant  forms,  other  than  pelagic 
wanderers  among  sea-birds,  which  seem  thus  far 
to  have  been  recorded  at  all  regularly,  are  shore- 
birds  or  their  relatives,  while  one  of  the  remaining 
three,  the  white-winged  black  tern  (Chlidonias 
leucoptera)^  is  found  only  rarely  in  North  Australia. 
This  leaves  the  spine-tailed  swift  (Chaetura  cauda- 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        159 

cutd)  and  the  Pacific  swift  {Micropus  pacificus)  as 
the  only  other  species  that  perform  regular  flights 
to  this  far-distant  land,  where  they  remain  during 
the  northern  winter.  These  two  occur  regularly 
and  penetrate  to  the  southern  portion  of  the  con- 
tinent. There  are  a  few  other  species  as  the  corn- 
crake {Crex  crex),  a  yellow  wagtail  {Budytes  flava 
simillima),  the  parasitic  jaeger  {Stercorarius  para- 
siticus) and  the  upland  plover  {Bartramia  longi- 
cauda)y  which  have  occurred  in  Australia  casually, 
but  cannot  be  considered  regular  visitants.  Few  of 
the  winter  residents  go  farther  than  Australia,  so 
that  records  of  northern  migrants  for  Tasmania  and 
New  Zealand  are  in  the  main  casual  or  accidental, 
and  are  based  on  few  occurrences.  In  New  Zealand 
the  only  regular  migrant  seems  to  be  the  Pacific 
godwit  {Limosa  lapponica  baueri),  though  there 
are  a  few  records  for  the  knot,  curlew  sandpiper, 
and  the  Pacific  turnstone,  which  indicate  more  or 
less  regular  arrival  among  these  birds.  The  corn- 
crake, the  two  swifts  that  come  to  Australia,  the 
parasitic  jaeger,  and  a  long  list  of  shore-birds  have 
been  included  in  the  New  Zealand  list  but  only  on 
basis  of  from  one  to  three  records. 

Among  native  Australian  birds  there  may  be 
recognized  two  groups,  a  small  band  that  is  regu- 
larly migrant  with  the  season,  and  a  greater  number 
that  are  so  irregular  in  occurrence  that  they  have 


i6o  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

well  been  called  nomadic.  Among  regular  migrants 
may  be  noted  the  dollar-bird  (a  roller,  Eurystomus 
pacificus),  and  the  channel-bill  {Scythrops  novae- 
hollandiae)^  a  large  cuckoo,  which,  according  to 
North,  arrives  in  Queensland  and  New  South  Wales 
in  August  or  September,  and  departs  with  the  com- 
ing of  cold  weather  in  April.  The  sacred  kingfisher 
{Sauropatis  sanctd)  in  New  South  Wales  comes  in 
August  and  September,  and,  after  breeding,  departs 
in  March.  A  few  remain  throughout  the  winter, 
and  the  migration  of  this  species  is  not  far,  as  it  is 
said  to  be  resident  in  northern  Queensland.  The 
spotted  harrier  (Circus  assimilis)  reaches  New 
South  Wales  in  August  and  departs  in  February. 
The  slate-breasted  rail  {Rallus  p.  pectoralis)  ap- 
pears on  the  Adelaide  Plains  in  August  or  Septem- 
ber and  leaves  in  November.  Of  greater  interest 
are  the  movements  of  the  bee-eater  (Cosmaerops 
ornatus)^  of  which  two  forms  are  known,  an  eastern 
and  a  western,  of  which  the  last  may  be  sedentary. 
Though  a  few  of  the  eastern  subspecies  may  remain 
throughout  the  year  in  the  northern  portions  of 
Australia,  the  majority  migrate  to  New  Guinea, 
possibly  to  other  islands,  as  they  have  been  seen  in 
flight  past  Thursday  Island,  and  at  other  points  in 
Torres  Straits.  Some  are  said  to  make  a  direct  flight 
to  eastern  New  Guinea,  without  troubling  to  pass 
north  to  the  narrow  pass  at  the  end  of  the  York 
Peninsula. 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        i6i 

There  are  four  species  of  swallows  that  reach 
South  Australia,  three  of  which  are  certainly  mi- 
gratory. The  welcome  swallow  {Hirundo  neoxena) 
a  species  that  received  its  common  name  through 
the  pleasure  that  its  appearance  gave  early  white 
settlers,  has  been  recorded  by  Morgan  near  Ade- 
laide throughout  the  year,  but  is  less  numerous 
through  the  winter  period.  Some  of  those  that  re- 
main are  not  seriously  inconvenienced  by  cold,  as 
occasionally  they  breed  at  that  season.  However, 
it  has  been  stated  that  after  cold  nights  ten  or  a 
dozen  of  these  swallows  have  been  found  dead  in 
the  reed  beds  to  which  they  resort  to  roost.  The 
fairy  martin  {Lagenoplastes  artel)  is  a  strictly  mi- 
gratory species,  while  the  white-breasted  swallow 
(Cheramoeca  leucosternori)  at  Laura,  140  miles  north 
of  Adelaide,  where  at  an  altitude  of  700  feet  the 
winter  is  cold,  is  strictly  migratory,  though  at  sea- 
level,  at  Port  Augusta,  only  sixty  miles  away,  where 
the  winter  air  is  milder,  the  birds  are  resident.  It  is 
possible  that  here  they  perform  only  a  brief  altitudi- 
nal  flight.  The  welcome  swallow  and  the  white- 
breasted  swallow  cross  to  the  island  of  Tasmania  to 
breed  but  return  to  the  continent  to  winter. 

In  New  Zealand  the  Australian  avocet,  an  Aus- 
tralian heron  {Notophoyx  novaehollandiae) ^  a  night- 
heron  {Nycticorax  caledonkus)^  the  Australian  tree- 
duck  {Leptotarsis  eytoni)^  a  teal  {Nettion  castaneum)^ 


i62  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

a  pochard  {Nyroca  australis)^  and  a  darter  {Anhinga 
novaehollandiae),  are  noted  as  irregular  visitants, 
indicative  of  slight  migratory  wanderings  among 
these  species,  which  carry  them  beyond  their  native 
continent  of  Australia.  In  New  Zealand,  too,  we 
find  two  cuckoos  (Lamprococcyx  lucidus  and  Urody- 
namis  taitensis)  which  are  present  only  in  summer 
and  disappear  in  cold  weather.  The  long-tailed 
cuckoo  migrates  through  the  Pacific  Islands  to  Fiji 
and  beyond.  The  winter  home  of  the  other  species 
is  not  certainly  known. 

Considerable  numbers  of  birds  found  on  the 
Australian  continent  are  so  distinctly  irregular  in 
their  occurrence  that  they  may  be  best  termed 
nomadic,  since  they  wander  with  climatic  changes 
and  are  not  seasonal  in  their  occurrence.  Many  of 
these  are  directly  affected  by  rains  in  their  move- 
ments, as  failure  of  water  supply  in  the  more  arid 
sections  may  drive  them  to  more  favored  areas, 
while  conversely  an  excess  of  rain  recalls  them.  A 
gallinule  {T^ribonyx  ventralis),  according  to  Captain 
S.  A.  White,  visits  South  Australia  every  few  years, 
where  it  remains  from  July  to  November.  After 
appearing  regularly  for  a  time,  it  may  be  absent 
entirely  for  a  number  of  years  —  an  erratic  habit 
that  is  apparently  common  to  it  throughout  the 
continent.  Various  lorikeets  are  said  to  be  governed 
in  their  nomadic  forays  by  the  blossoming  of  the 


LINES  OF  MIGRATORY  FLIGHT        163 

eucalyptus,  on  whose  flowers  they  depend  for  food. 
In  New  South  Wales  in  favorable  years  T.  P.  Austin 
has  found  the  musk  lorikeet  {Glossopsitta  concinnd) 
arriving  by  thousands  with  the  blossoming  of  these 
trees.  At  times  they  soon  disappear,  though  in  some 
years  a  part  remain  to  breed.  In  other  seasons  very 
few  are  seen.  Similar  habits  are  recorded  for  the 
little  \or\\Lttt  {Glossopsitta  pus  ilia)  in  the  same  region. 
The  cockatoo  parrot  {Leptolophus  hollandicus) 
comes  usually  to  Victoria  in  summer,  while  the  grass 
parrakeet  {Melopsittacus  undulatus)  is  found  to  be 
irregularly  migrant  in  many  localities.  Like  the 
lorikeets,  certain  of  the  honey-eaters  (Meliphagidae) 
shift  about  with  the  flowering  of  eucalyptus,  and 
are  present  or  absent  in  accordance  with  the  status 
of  these  trees. 

The  arrival  of  birds  in  abundance  with  the  com- 
ing of  rains  has  been  recorded  on  numerous  occa- 
sions in  the  more  arid  sections,  while  it  is  stated 
that,  if  proper  conditions  continue,  these  birds  breed 
and  may  continue  their  presence  for  two  or  three 
years.  The  condition  is  highly  peculiar,  in  that 
the  nomadic  habit  is  not  confined  to  a  few  species 
as  in  the  northern  hemisphere,  but  is  widespread 
and  dominant  among  non-sedentary  forms,  so  that 
it  supplants  the  regular  north  and  south  movements 
found  in  other  continents  except  in  a  comparatively 
few  forms.    It  differs  from  regular  migration  in  that 


164  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

there  is  no  hereditary  tendency  toward  regularity 
of  movement.  It  may  be  considered  as  one  of  the 
preliminary  stages  leading  to  the  development  of  a 
regular  seasonal  movement  when  it  becomes  neces- 
sary to  adjust  to  regular  seasonal  cycles. 


CHAPTER  VI 
Migration  Among  Shore-birds 

SANDPIPERS,  snipe,  and  plover,  and  the  other 
forms  that  comprise  the  group  of  shore-birds  are 
renowned  among  ornithologists  for  their  powers  of 
flight  and  the  distances  that  they  cover  in  migration. 
Approximately  seventy  of  the  two  hundred  or  more 
that  are  known  nest  in  Arctic  regions  and  are  forced 
to  migrate  each  year.  The  distances  they  cover  are 
marvellous,  as  a  number  pass  south  to  winter  in  the 
southern  hemisphere.  One  or  two  species,  as 
Peale's  sandpiper  {Aechmorhynchus  parvirostris)  of 
the  Tuamotu  Archipelago  in  the  South  Pacific  and 
an  allied  species  {Prosobonia  leucoptera)  of  Tahiti, 
—  the  latter  now  perhaps  extinct  —  are,  so  far  as 
known,  entirely  sedentary.  A  few  other  forms  of 
sandpipers  perform  limited  migrations,  but  such 
appear  unusual  in  an  assemblage  of  species  noted 
for  the  extent  of  their  semi-annual  flights.  As  a 
group  the  shore-birds  cover  greater  distances  in  the 
aggregate  in  their  spring  and  autumn  flights  than 
any  other  birds. 

The  purple  sandpiper  {Arquatella  m.  maritima), 
breeding  in   the  northern   hemisphere,  in  eastern 


i66  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

North  America  is  found  in  winter  from  Greenland 
south  regularly  as  far  as  Long  Island.  Its  western 
forms,  the  Aleutian  sandpiper  {Arquatella  m.  couesi) 
and  the  Pribilof  sandpiper  {A.  m.  ptilocnemis)^  which 
breed  on  islands  in  Bering  Sea  and  the  Northern 
Pacific,  come  south  only  into  southern  Alaska.  The 
American  woodcock  (Ruhicola  minor)  ^  nesting 
mainly  in  northeastern  United  States,  winters  in  the 
southern  states  largely  east  of  the  Mississippi  River. 
In  South  America  there  is  a  peculiar  three-toed 
sandpiper  {Phegornis  mitchelli)^  found  at  high  alti- 
tudes in  the  Andes,  which  seems  to  content  itself 
with  a  limited  migration  down  into  valleys;  while 
another,  the  so-called  sociable  plover  {Pluvianellus 
sociabilis)^  ranging  near  the  Straits  of  Magellan  is 
not  known  to  migrate  at  all. 

Among  North  American  species  of  shore-birds 
there  are  twenty-three  forms  which  are  found  in 
winter  from  our  southern  states  south  to  South 
America,  four  others  which  fly  south  through  the 
Pacific  Islands,  and  ten,  in  addition  to  those  already 
mentioned,  which  retire  wholly  to  South  America 
in  winter.  It  is  possible  that  this  last  number  may 
be  increased  to  twelve,  since  the  winter  range  of 
the  red  and  northern  phalaropes  is  not  certainly 
known. 

The  majority  of  our  shore-birds  nest  in  boreal 
regions,  and  many  seem  to  remain  on  their  breeding 


MIGRATION  AMONG  SHORE-BIRDS     167 

grounds  a  very  short  time;  for  the  spring  migration 
does  not  close  until  the  end  of  May,  while  in  some 
species  early  migrants  begin  to  arrive  from  the  north 
by  the  first  week  in  July.  In  the  case  of  the  Wilson's 
phalarope  {Steganopus  tricolor)  in  Utah,  I  have 
definitely  established  that  there  are  many  that  do 
not  breed  each  year.  At  the  northern  end  of  Great 
Salt  Lake  this  species  nests  in  small  colonies  where 
marsh  conditions  are  suitable.  During  June,  in 
addition  to  the  breeding  colonies,  I  found  large  flocks 
composed  entirely  of  non-breeding  individuals  (as 
was  shewn  by  examination  of  the  sexual  organs  in  a 
considerable  number)  congregated  on  the  lake  front 
where  food  was  abundant.  On  one  occasion  I  esti- 
mated that  between  20,000  and  30,000  were  gath- 
ered about  shallow  pools  on  one  stretch  of  alkali 
barrens,  and  it  was  impossible  to  say  how  many 
more  were  concealed  in  the  shimmering  heat  haze 
that  concealed  all  low  objects  beyond  a  distance  of 
half  a  mile.  Strangely  enough  more  than  ninety 
per  cent  of  these  birds  were  females,  which  leads  to 
an  assumption  that  there  may  be  a  preponderance 
of  that  sex  in  the  species  under  discussion,  as  mated 
pairs  at  the  time  were  on  their  nesting  grounds  in 
nearby  marshes. 

It  is  not  improbable  that  some  of  the  early  mi- 
grants which  are  recorded  among  other  shore-birds 
are  also  non-breeding  individuals,  or  are  perhaps 


i68  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

those  whose  eggs  have  been  destroyed  and  their 
attempts  at  rearing  a  family  thus  frustrated.  With 
no  further  cause  to  remain  in  the  north,  these  may 
push  rapidly  southward  and  form  our  early  mi- 
grants. However  we  may  attempt  to  explain  the 
phenomenon,  the  facts  remain  that  many  birds  of 
this  group  start  south  very  early,  so  that  by  the 
middle  of  July  in  the  northern  United  States  mi- 
gration is  well  under  way  in  a  number  of  species. 
It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  passage  southward  in 
m^any  individuals  is  rapid.  In  191 2,  in  Porto  Rico, 
the  spotted  sandpiper  arrived  from  the  north  on 
July  9,  and  the  solitary  sandpiper  on  July  29.  In 
1920,  in  southern  South  America,  I  noted  the  be- 
ginning of  migratory  movement  from  the  north 
among  these  birds  on  July  31,  with  the  arrival  of 
the  lesser  yellow-legs  on  lagoons  near  Las  Palmas, 
Chaco.  The  solitary  sandpiper  reached  the  town 
of  Formosa  on  the  Rio  Paraguay  on  August  23; 
while  during  the  first  week  of  September,  when  I 
had  penetrated  north  to  Puerto  Pinasco  in  northern 
Paraguay,  migration  began  in  earnest,  and  a  steady 
stream  of  sandpipers  and  plover  passed  southward 
through  the  Chaco  throughout  the  month.  This 
southward  movement  was  still  in  force  during  Octo- 
ber when  I  was  in  the  open  pampas  of  eastern 
Buenos  Aires,  and  continued  without  appreciable 
abatement  until  the  close  of  the  first  week  in  No- 


MIGRATION  AMONG  SHORE-BIRDS     169 

vember.  By  the  middle  of  November,  arrivals  from 
the  north  ceased  and  birds  of  this  group  were  settled 
on  their  winter  resting  grounds. 

Changing  conditions  in  this  far  distant  region 
have  affected  many  of  our  North  American  mi- 
grants, which  go  there  to  winter,  as  seriously  as  the 
persecution  of  guns  to  which  they  have  been  sub- 
jected in  the  North.  Broad  areas  of  dry  or  marshy 
pampa,  under  primitive  conditions  the  winter  homes 
of  myriads  of  golden  plover,  upland  plover,  and 
Eskimo  curlew,  are  now  devoted  to  raising  wheat  or 
to  the  pasturage  of  great  herds  of  cattle  and  sheep. 
Added  to  this  change  in  ecological  conditions,  there 
has  been  persecution  by  man  because  certain  of 
these  birds  became  famed  for  the  delicate  flavor 
of  their  flesh.  The  Eskimo  curlew,  unable  to  adapt 
itself  to  changing  conditions,  is  practically,  if  not 
actually,  extinct;  while  the  upland  plover,  greatly 
reduced  in  abundance,  at  present  aided  by  protec- 
tion from  gunners  in  the  United  States  and  Canada, 
is  holding  its  own  though  its  fate  is  doubtful,  since 
in  South  America  it  has  inherited  the  name  and 
epicurean  fame  that  proved  the  downfall  of  the 
Eskimo  curlew.  The  golden  plover  is  in  better 
state,  since  it  lives  on  the  broad  coastal  mudflats 
as  well  as  on  the  open  prairies,  and  in  the  former 
locality  is  less  accessible.  It  was  strange  to  find  the 
white-rumped  sandpiper,  a  species  known  well  to 


lyo  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

few  ornithologists  in  the  United  States,  the  most 
abundant  of  the  wintering  shore-birds  on  the 
pampas. 

On  the  eastern  coast  of  the  province  of  Buenos 
Aires,  while  living  in  a  lonely  herdsman's  hut  among 
sand  dunes,  far  from  other  habitation,  I  witnessed 
an  interesting  example  of  crossing  lines  of  migration 
in  these  birds.  Apparently  many  shore-birds  drive 
down  the  broad  interior  basin  of  the  Rio  Paraguay 
and  continue  straight  south  in  their  rapid  flight, 
until  they  reach  the  coast  in  the  vicinity  of  Bahia 
Blanca.  Here  some  remain,  some  pass  on  south, 
and  a  certain  number  swing  around  to  follow  east 
and  then  north  along  the  coast  to  wintering  grounds 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata.  At  the  camp 
mentioned  I  noted  these  birds  driving  by  toward 
the  north,  while  at  the  same  time  little  bands  of 
sanderlings,  occasional  knots,  and  a  steady  stream 
of  jaegers  came  directly  south  by  the  coastal  route. 
Thus  I  had  spread  before  me  the  spectacle  of  two 
lines  of  migration  flight,  both  emanating  originally 
from  the  same  northern  sources,  but  here,  near  the 
end  of  their  long  journeys,  meeting  and  passing  in 
directions  diametrically  opposite  —  one  of  the  most 
interesting  sights  that  has  come  to  my  attention 
during  long  years  spent  in  field  observation. 

Once  established  on  their  wintering  grounds, 
these  birds  become  quiet  and  more  or  less  sedentary. 


MIGRATION  AMONG  SHORE-BIRDS     171 

Heavy  rains  that  flood  new  areas  in  the  pampas  may 
frequently  bring  small  flocks  of  shore-birds  in  search 
of  new  feeding  grounds,  but  such  movements  are 
of  slight  extent  and  affect  comparatively  few  indi- 
viduals. A  period  of  moult  is  at  hand  and  the  birds 
are  inactive.  Change  in  behavior  is  especially 
marked  in  the  two  species  of  yellow-legs,  which  be- 
come as  quiet  in  notes  and  demeanor  as  small  sand- 
pipers or  plover,  quite  in  contrast  to  their  noisy 
greeting  of  intruders  in  their  flights  north  of  the 
Equator.  They  remain  thus  during  the  months 
that  mark  the  northern  winter. 

The  impulse  toward  the  return  flight  to  the  north 
comes  early;  for  at  the  close  of  January  in  1921  I 
noted  a  slight  movement  among  golden  plover  on 
the  eastern  coast  of  Uruguay.  On  February  7  up- 
land plover  began  passing  northward  in  small 
numbers  through  eastern  Uruguay,  and  on  the  fol- 
lowing day  pectoral  sandpipers  began  their  flight. 
These  early  individuals  must  make  frequent  long 
stops,  so  that  their  northward  flights  extend  over 
a  considerable  period  of  time,  since  their  breeding 
grounds  are  not  open  to  them  until  a  much  later 
date.  Slow  increase  in  northward  migration  was 
observed  during  February,  and  by  the  close  of  the 
first  week  in  March  the  movement  was  in  full  swing. 
The  first  week  in  April  marked  its  culmination,  and 
by  the  end  of  that  month  decrease  in  shore-birds 


172  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

was  easily  apparent.  Many  northern  shore-birds 
however  linger  in  the  central  portion  of  South 
America  until  May,  when  they  must  drive  swiftly 
northward,  with  comparatively  little  rest,  to  reach 
their  northern  homes  by  the  opening  of  the  brief 
period  of  summer. 

There  is  also  evident  migration  among  a  few 
South  American  forms  that  belong  to  the  shore- 
bird  group.  What  is  known  in  Spanish  as  the 
Chorlito  inviernOy  "  the  little  winter  plover"  {Zonibyx 
modes tus)y  and  the  Falkland  plover  {Charadrius 
falklandicus)^  nest  regularly  from  Patagonia  south- 
ward, and  with  the  approach  of  cold  weather  migrate 
north  in  company  with  foreign  species  as  far  as  the 
pampas,  but  there  linger.  With  them  come  a  few 
individuals  of  a  larger  form  {Oreopholus  r.  ruficollis). 
These  southern  species  are  not  known  however  to 
reach  the  Equator  in  their  northward  journeys. 
Migratory  flight  of  a  similar  nature  is  known  in  the 
Paraguayan  jack-snipe  (Capella  paraguaiae)^  but  its 
extent  has  not  been  definitely  ascertained. 

Brief  mention  has  been  made  previously  of  mi- 
gration from  Arctic  regions  into  the  oceanic  islands 
of  the  South  Seas,  a  wintering  ground  that  reaches 
to  the  eastern  atolls  of  Polynesia,  far  distant  from 
any  continent.  The  Pacific  golden  plover  and  the 
turnstone  regularly  perform  this  flight,  while  with 
them  come  the  bristle-thighed  curlew,  the  wander- 


MIGRATION  AMONG  SHORE-BIRDS     173 

ing  and  Eastern  tattlers  (Heteroscelus  incanus  and 
H.  brevipes),  the  sanderling,  the  Pacific  godwit,  and 
the  sharp-tailed  sandpiper.  These  pass  to  the  far 
south,  the  godwit  regularly  reaching  New  Zealand, 
while  some  of  the  others  penetrate  irregularly  or 
casually  to  that  group  of  islands.  The  Pacific 
golden  plover  is  a  regular  migrant  to  the  islands  of 
Hawaii,  and  winters  there  in  some  abundance  on 
grassy  uplands;  others  of  the  subspecies  pass  on 
far  to  the  southward.  In  the  passage  south,  if 
these  birds  touch  at  the  Aleutian  Islands,  they  have 
a  distance  of  nearly  2800  miles  across  open  seas  be- 
fore they  reach  a  safe  haven  of  land.  As  in  this  great 
stretch  there  are  no  landmarks,  they  must  revert 
to  some  sense  of  direction  to  guide  them  safely. 

Among  hunters  on  the  island  of  Barbadoes  in  the 
British  West  Indies  there  is  current  belief  that  shore- 
birds  migrant  to  that  island  alight  to  rest  on  the 
surface  of  the  ocean;  and  it  is  the  custom  when 
shooting  to  taste  the  axillar  feathers  of  birds  killed. 
If  these  have  a  flavor  of  salt,  it  is  assumed  that  the 
bird  has  recently  arrived,  and  the  salty  taste  is 
attributed  to  immersion  in  the  ocean.  Though  it 
is  not  impossible  that  shore-birds  might  alight  on 
the  water  to  rest  and  then  fly  again,  there  is  no  ob- 
servation known  to  me  to  prove  that  they  regularly 
do  so.  The  salt  taste  alluded  to  could  easily  arise 
from  a  deposit  from  vapors  blown  by  the  wind,  as 


174  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

it  is  common  in  walking  along  sea  beaches  for  lips 
and  hands  to  receive  a  slight  deposit  of  salt —  a  cir- 
cumstance that  must  operate  on  the  feathers  of 
birds  as  well  as  on  the  skin  of  humans. 

It  has  been  my  fortune  to  see  wayfaring  shore- 
birds  make  a  landfall  after  a  long  trans-ocean  flight. 
While  cruising  through  the  Leeward  Islands  of 
Hawaii  in  1923,  I  observed  turnstones  coming  up 
from  the  south,  where  the  nearest  land,  in  the  Gilbert 
or  Marshall  Islands,  was  a  thousand  miles  away. 
The  birds  usually  arrived  in  early  morning.  On 
one  occasion  in  particular  some  turnstones  came 
beating  up  from  the  south  at  daybreak,  flying  low 
in  the  trough  of  the  waves  to  escape  as  far  as  pos- 
sible the  force  of  the  wind.  They  seemed  tired  and 
passed  rather  slowly  toward  low  islands  in  the  atoll 
at  Pearl  and  Hermes  Reef  a  few  miles  distant. 

Africa,  like  South  America,  receives  many  mi- 
grant shore-birds,  as  nineteen  species  that  breed  in 
the  far  north  come  there  regularly  to  winter.  Many 
others  pass  south  through  Asia  to  wintering  grounds 
among  East  Indian  islands,  or  penetrate  to  distant 
Australia.  Northern  shore-birds  are  found  in 
abundance  in  the  Philippines  and  Celebes,  and 
Mathews  records  thirty  species  of  this  group  that 
winter  more  or  less  regularly  in  Australia. 

From  this  review  it  appears  that  many  plover 
and  sandpipers  that  breed  in  Arctic  regions  winter 


MIGRATION  AMONG  SHORE-BIRDS     175 

south  of  the  Equator  in  the  southern  hemisphere, 
so  that  as  a  group  they  have  longer  migration  routes 
than  any  other  order  of  birds.  Though  the  south- 
ern hemisphere  has  a  number  of  peculiar  forms  some 
of  which  are  more  or  less  migratory,  there  are  none 
that  perform  the  extensive  flights  common  among 
their  brethren  of  the  north. 

In  connection  with  this  group,  it  may  be  well  to 
consider  claims  that  have  been  made  that  the  god- 
wits,  yellow-legs,  and  plover  found  in  South  America 
in  winter  do  not  really  come  from  the  north,  but 
that  there  are  two  groups  in  the  species  concerned, 
one  that  breeds  in  boreal  regions  and  in  winter  mi- 
grates toward  the  Equator,  and  another  that  nests 
somewhere  in  Patagonia,  the  islands  of  Antarctic 
Seas,  or  even  on  the  great  Antarctic  continent,  and 
in  cold  weather  flies  toward  the  north  to  winter  in 
Argentina.  This  belief  has  been  based  in  part  upon 
the  irregular  occurrence  of  these  migratory  birds 
during  periods  when  all  should  have  been  on  their 
northern  breeding  grounds,  and  in  part  upon  dis- 
belief in  the  power  of  flight  in  creatures  apparently 
small  and  weak. 

It  may  be  said  definitely  that  there  has  never 
been  any  proof  of  the  breeding  of  such  species  as 
the  golden  plover,  the  yellow-legs,  the  godwits,  or 
other  similar  species,  considered  as  migrants  from 
the  north,  during  their  sojourn  south  of  the  Equator 


176  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

in  South  America  or  elsewhere.  Eggs  of  yellow-legs 
are  said  to  have  been  found  in  Argentina,  and  Lay- 
ard  has  stated  that  in  New  Caledonia  he  has  seen 
the  golden  plover  followed  by  a  downy  chick;  but 
in  these  and  similar  instances  on  record  supposed 
parentage  on  the  part  of  the  shore-birds  concerned 
has  been  based  solely  on  assumption  and  associa- 
tion, and  authentic  instances  have  never  been  pro- 
duced. Layard,  for  example,  did  not  collect  the 
downy  young  that  he  supposed  to  be  that  of  a  golden 
plover;  and  eggs  have  been  attributed  to  the  yel- 
low-legs in  Argentina  simply  because  those  birds 
were  seen  near-by. 

Double  nesting  periods  have  been  claimed  for  the 
European  bee-eater  and  some  other  birds  in  South 
Africa,  but  as  our  knowledge  has  increased,  it  ap- 
pears that,  with  the  possible  exception  of  certain 
cuckoos,  the  birds  that  breed  in  Africa  are  a  dif- 
ferent set  of  individuals  from  those  that  nest  in  the 
north.  In  the  New  World  the  pied-billed  grebe,  the 
cinnamon  teal,  and  the  fulvous  tree-duck  have 
breeding  ranges  in  both  North  and  South  America. 
In  some  cases  individuals  in  the  two  groups  differ 
slightly  from  one  another,  while  in  others,  notably 
the  cinnamon  teal,  they  appear  indistinguishable. 
Yet,  so  far  as  we  know,  the  colonies  are  wholly  dis- 
tinct and  have  no  interchange  of  individuals. 

There  are  a  number  of  shore-birds  that  remain  in 


MIGRATION  AMONG  SHORE-BIRDS     177 

the  south  during  the  northern  summer,  as  they  have 
been  recorded  in  South  America,  and  I  have  per- 
sonally seen  golden  plover,  turnstones,  and  tattlers 
among  islands  in  the  Pacific  at  that  season.  Scat- 
tered individuals  that  I  have  examined  were  found 
to  be  wounded,  sterile,  or  otherwise  diseased  indi- 
viduals that  were  unable  to  perform  the  long  flight 
to  their  northern  homes,  or  from  their  condition 
lacked  the  physiological  incentive  to  so  do.  In  the 
Hawaiian  islands  it  appeared  to  me  that  most  of 
these  lingerers  seemed  to  feel  a  desire  to  travel 
northward,  but  were  restrained  by  their  condition 
from  making  the  attempt.  A  number  seen  were 
individuals  that  had  not  been  successful  in  carrying 
through  the  winter  moult,  and  in  consequence  were 
in  very  ragged  plumage.  Imperfections  in  the  flight 
feathers  would  weigh  heavily  against  chance  of 
success  in  prolonged  flights  to  northern  lands.  We 
shall  never  know  how  frequently  such  imperfections 
result  in  slackened  flight,  which  prevents  such  birds 
from  reaching  the  safety  of  the  distant  land  toward 
which  they  fly,  as  any  that  may  fail  disappear  in  the 
broad  seas  they  are  required  to  cross. 

Of  classic  interest  in  discussion  of  the  flights  of 
American  shore-birds  is  the  migration  route  cov- 
ered by  the  golden  plover.  The  eastern  form  of  this 
bird,  from  its  breeding  stand  in  Arctic  America  in 
late  summer,  migrates  to  the  east  and  southeast 


178  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

to  Ungava  and  Labrador,  and  from  there  embarks 
in  a  flight  that  carries  it  directly  out  over  the  open 
sea.  It  is  uncommon  ordinarily  on  the  coasts  of 
New  England,  and  casual  and  irregular  south  to 
Long  Island.  From  that  point  south,  the  bird  is  al- 
most unknown.  The  migration  route  carries  it  past 
Bermuda,  the  Bahamas,  and  the  Lesser  Antilles, 
apparently  in  large  part  over  the  ocean,  as  few  seem 
to  alight.  Colonel  Fielden  has  recorded  early  arri- 
vals at  the  island  of  Barbadoes  in  July  and  the  first 
part  of  August,  but  finds  that  the  main  flight  comes 
after  the  latter  part  of  August.  The  course  in  flight 
across  the  island  is  from  northwest  to  southeast, 
and  if  unfavorable  winds  prevail,  many  alight.  The 
early  arrivals  are  black-breasted  birds,  which  in- 
dicates that  they  are  adults.  The  young  begin  to 
appear  about  the  twelfth  of  September,  and  con- 
tinue in  flight  into  October  or  even  November. 
From  here  they  continue  south  to  the  continent  of 
South  America,  and  finally  reach  a  wintering  ground 
in  the  Argentine  pampas. 

During  the  fall  migration  golden  plover  may  be 
scattered  over  a  tremendous  range.  In  1920  I 
noted  the  earliest  arrivals  at  small  lagoons  in  the 
Chaco  west  of  Puerto  Pinasco,  Paraguay,  on  the 
sixth  of  September.  On  this  same  date  Dr.  Francis 
Harper,  travelling  for  the  Biological  Survey,  re- 
ported golden  plover  in  small  numbers  in  the  vicin- 


MIGRATION  AMONG  SHORE-BIRDS     179 

ity  of  Lake  Athabasca  in  central  Canada.  In  an  air 
line  the  species  was  thus  spread  across  more  than 
six  thousand  miles  of  the  earth's  surface,  while,  by 
the  actual  line  of  flight  which  these  birds  pursue, 
the  separation  of  northern  and  southern  individuals 
was  infinitely  greater. 

The  flight  of  golden  plover  in  spring  begins  casu- 
ally at  the  end  of  January  but  is  not  fully  under  way 
until  March  and  April,  when  they  pass  north  with 
a  rush  to  the  northern  coast  of  South  America. 
From  here,  instead  of  flying  north  over  the  sea  on 
a  return  journey  by  the  course  pursued  in  autumn, 
they  cross  to  the  Gulf  coast  of  the  United  States  and 
go  north  through  the  Mississippi  Valley  to  their 
Arctic  breeding  grounds.  Their  spring  route  is  thus 
over  a  course  where  the  birds  are  entirely  absent  in 
autumn. 

The  Pacific  form  of  this  species,  which  nests  along 
the  Bering  Sea  coast  of  Alaska  and  in  northeastern 
Siberia,  travels  south  along  the  eastern  coast  of 
Asia  as  far  as  Australia,  Tasmania,  and  New  Zea- 
land, and  through  the  Pacific  islands  from  Hawaii 
southward.  The  two  groups  of  birds  in  this  species 
thus  pursue  wholly  different  courses  in  their  flights. 

The  turnstone  is  a  species  that  is  almost  cosmo- 
politan in  range  as  it  nests  in  the  far  north,  to  70 
degrees  North  Latitude  and  farther,  and  migrates 
south  throughout  the  World,  though  mainly  along 


i8o  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

salt  waters,  extending  in  winter  as  far  as  South 
Africa,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  and  Chile.  The 
little  sanderling  covers  a  similar  vast  area,  as  it 
nests  in  the  Arctic  regions  of  both  hemispheres,  and 
in  winter  is  found  south  to  Patagonia,  southern 
Africa,  and  Australia.  These  two  species  have  a 
greater  migration  range  than  any  others  known,  for 
they  are  found  at  one  time  or  another  on  almost 
every  seacoast  in  the  entire  world. 

The  Seasonal  Flight  of  Ducks 

With  the  advent  of  civilization  feathered  game 
invariably  has  decreased  in  abundance,  yet  our 
wild  ducks,  because  of  their  wariness  and  the  nature 
of  their  haunts,  have  remained  common  until  to-day, 
and  as  a  group  probably  show  the  most  easily  ob- 
served examples  of  the  actual  process  of  migration. 
Small  birds  as  migrants,  appear  and  disappear  with 
their  movements  cloaked  by  darkness  so  that  their 
flight  passes  unseen,  except  under  the  exceptional 
circumstances  of  observation  of  the  face  of  the  moon 
by  telescope,  or  as  the  passage  of  migrants  in  the 
darkness  is  detected  by  their  calls.  Nearly  all  ducks 
fly  regularly  by  day,  travelling  at  heights  where  they 
are  readily  visible;  and  as  most  of  us,  if  not  hunt- 
ers, possess  traces  at  least  of  the  hunting  instinct, 
these  flights  attract  instant  attention. 


SEASONx^L  FLIGHT  OF  DUCKS         i8i 

Though  ducks  fly  often  by  day,  they  also  migrate 
by  night  if  conditions  require  it;  northern  flights 
late  in  autumn  frequently  come  in  during  the  night, 
though  I  have  seen  birds  arrive  from  the  north  by 
thousands  late  in  afternoon,  when  they  came  swing- 
ing down  in  long  straggling  flocks,  80  to  100  yards 
above  the  earth,  and  passed  on  to  the  south  without 
a  glance  at  the  decoys  set  in  front  of  my  shooting 
blind.  These  birds  had  evidently  come  a  consider- 
able distance,  and  were  on  their  way  to  points  still 
more  remote.  Dr.  J.  C.  Phillips  has  noted  that  the 
ruddy  duck  flies  invariably  by  night,  and  says  that 
he  has  seen  them  coming  in  to  resting  grounds  at 
the  first  sign  of  dawn.  This  habit,  however,  is  con- 
fined so  far  as  I  am  aware  to  this  species  alone  among 
our  North  American  ducks.  Southward  flight  of 
such  species  as  scoters,  which  are  largely  frequenters 
of  salt  water,  is  mainly  by  day,  and  is  easily  observed, 
as  during  the  time  of  flight  the  birds  pass  steadily. 

In  the  northern  hemisphere  a  few  ducks  nest  in 
the  marshes  of  middle  latitudes,  but  by  far  the 
greater  number  breed  in  the  sloughs  and  ponds 
of  northern  areas.  Most  species  of  ducks  are  hardy 
and  do  not  flee  from  cold  so  long  as  food  is  available. 
Their  movements,  therefore,  are  governed  largely 
by  the  presence  of  food  and  by  search  for  areas 
where  they  may  hope  to  escape  from  their  greatest 
enemy,  man.     Though  widely  scattered   for   the 


1 82  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

period  of  breeding,  during  the  remainder  of  the 
year  they  are  concentrated  in  favorable  areas,  where 
they  may  assemble  in  tremendous  numbers.  In 
North  America  the  marshes  of  Great  Salt  Lake,  the 
interior  valleys  of  California,  the  delta  region  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Mississippi  River,  the  estuaries  of  the 
Susquehanna  and  Potomac  rivers,  and  the  region 
of  Currituck  Sound  are  all  famous  ducking  grounds. 
It  will  be  of  interest  to  trace  some  of  the  migration 
routes  by  which  ducks  reach  these  regions.  We 
have  available  for  this  study  a  fair  amount  of  in- 
formation based  on  birds  that  have  been  banded, 
so  that  some  of  the  routes  may  be  traced  in  some 
detail.  It  is  interesting  to  find  that  a  number  do 
not  tend  in  direct  north  and  south  Hnes. 

The  Bear  River  marshes  at  the  northern  end  of 
Great  Salt  Lake  have  been  known  as  one  of  the 
famous  shooting  grounds  in  the  western  states,  but 
it  was  not  until  data  became  available  from  banded 
ducks  that  the  importance  of  this  region  as  a 
centre  of  distribution  was  realized.  From  19 14  to 
1 91 6  I  was  occupied  during  the  months  of  summer 
and  autumn  in  studies  of  the  birds  of  these  marshes, 
and  banded  some  1200  birds  as  an  incidental  part 
of  other  work  in  hand.  Returns  from  these  have 
yielded  results  of  the  greatest  interest. 

As  a  preliminary  statement,  it  may  be  noted  that 
many  of  the  birds  captured  and  banded  at  this  point 


SEASONAL  FLIGHT  OF  DUCKS  183 

had  nested  elsewhere.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that 
drakes  in  most  of  our  species  of  ducks  desert  their 
mates  shortly  after  incubation  of  the  eggs  is  begun. 
These  males,  particularly  in  some  of  the  surface- 
feeding  ducks,  congregate  at  once  in  large  flocks, 
and  may  at  this  time  migrate  to  favorable  localities 
where  they  pass  the  remainder  of  the  summer.  At 
the  mouth  of  Bear  River  male  pintails  and  mallards 
begin  to  congregate  in  these  post-breeding  bands 
at  the  end  of  the  first  week  in  June,  and  continue 
to  gather  from  that  time  until  autumn.  By  the  end 
of  June  it  was  not  unusual  to  find  two  thousand 
pintails  or  more  in  one  flock,  and  their  number  in- 
creased regularly  with  the  advance  of  the  season. 
A  careful  canvass  of  the  vicinity  in  May  showed  an 
average  local  breeding  stock  of  only  one  hundred 
pairs  of  this  species,  so  that  the  majority  of  these 
recreant  benedicts  had  come  from  other  regions, 
how  far  distant  we  may  not  say.  It  is  interesting 
to  note  that  observers  in  central  and  northern 
Canada  and  in  Alaska  have  commented  on  summer 
flocking  in  this  species  with  subsequent  disappear- 
ance of  a  part,  so  that  some  of  the  Bear  River  birds 
may  have  come  from  a  long  distance.  This,  how- 
ever, for  the  present  is  purely  speculation. 

Summering  bands  of  males  moult  at  once  into 
dull  summer  or  eclipse  plumage,  and  then  shed  the 
flight  feathers,   becoming  flightless   for  a  period, 


184  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

whence  their  need  of  extensive  marshes  as  hiding 
places.  Females  follow  the  males  to  the  seclusion 
of  the  marshes  when  the  young  are  old  enough  to 
shift  for  themselves,  but  have  their  moult  delayed 
until  late  summer.  This  early  separation  of  the 
sexes  persists  in  part  through  the  autumn,  though 
mixed  flocks  of  males  and  females  are  of  frequent 
occurrence. 

The  duck  population  of  the  Bear  River  marshes 
continues  to  grow  steadily  beyond  the  normal  breed- 
ing stock,  until  the  first  of  September,  with  a  sud- 
den increase  at  the  end  of  August,  when  hordes  of 
young  begin  to  arrive  from  other  breeding  areas. 
Between  September  i  and  10  fully  two  thirds  of  the 
ducks  that  have  gathered  migrate  out  to  other 
regions.  Cinnamon  teal  and  redheads  leave  in  a 
body  at  this  time,  and  with  them  go  many  others. 
The  sudden  disappearance  of  the  host  of  birds  is 
easily  noted,  but  others  continue  to  arrive,  and  by 
October  i  enormous  numbers  are  present.  During 
the  second  week  in  October  there  is  increase  in  flight 
from  the  north,  which  continues  steadily  until  the 
close  of  the  season.  Ice  closes  the  bays  in  part  by 
Thanksgiving  time,  and  between  December  i  and 
15  the  last  of  these  birds  are  driven  to  other  regions. 

Ducks  that  I  banded  at  this  point  were  killed 
subsequently  over  the  entire  western  United  States, 
from  western  Missouri  and  Kansas  to  California, 


SEASONAL  FLIGHT  OF  DUCKS  185 

and  from  the  Mexican  border  to  Saskatchewan. 
(See  Fig.  6.)  Analysis  of  the  records  gives  a  clue  to 
some  of  the  lines  of  migratory  flight  that  are  pur- 
sued. By  way  of  introduction,  however,  it  may  be 
stated  that  ducks  are  birds  of  strong  flight  to  which 
mountain  barriers  mean  little,  so  that  their  journeys 
from  the  Salt  Lake  Valley  do  not  necessarily  follow 
uniform  trails  through  the  sky.  Certain  general 
routes  however  are  indicated.  There  is  one  broad 
fly  line  that  passes  south  over  the  Rocky  Mountain 
plateau,  used  by  a  comparatively  small  number  of 
birds,  which  carries  ducks  to  the  scattered  lakes 
and  ponds  of  central  and  southern  Utah,  New  Mex- 
ico, and  Arizona.  To  digress  for  a  moment,  it  may 
be  observed  that  this  line  of  flight  is  the  one  pur- 
sued by  snowy  herons  from  the  colonies  at  the  mouth 
of  Bear  River;  birds  of  that  species,  as  shown  by 
banded  individuals,  migrate  south  through  south- 
ern Arizona,  where  one  was  killed  on  the  San  Pedro 
River  in  Cochise  County,  to  a  wintering  ground  on 
the  west  coast  of  Mexico.  Returns  from  these  birds 
have  been  interesting.  A  peon  at  Mexcaltitan,  Ter- 
ritory of  Tepic,  found  a  bit  of  aluminum  on  the  leg 
of  a  heron  that  he  had  killed  to  eat,  and  brought  it 
to  a  Japanese  labor  contractor.  The  band  had  been 
preserved  from  curiosity,  as  the  peon  was  unable 
to  read;  so  that  the  merest  chance  brought  a  return 
from  one  of  the  snowy  herons  banded  the  year  pre- 


1 86  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

vious  in  distant  Utah.  Another  was  reported, 
through  the  State  Department,  by  the  American  con- 
sul at  Acapulco,  from  a  bird  killed  on  the  Papagayo 
Lagoon  in  Guerrero.  A  third,  banded  July  3,  191 6, 
was  killed  January  20,  1923,  near  Escuinapa,  in 
Sinaloa. 

To  return  to  ducks,  we  find  indicated  a  general 
line  of  flight  from  the  Salt  Lake  Valley  to  the  west, 
which  is  followed  by  a  large  number  of  birds, 
among  which  may  be  enumerated  green-winged 
teal,  shovellers,  and  a  part  of  the  pintails  and  mal- 
lards. This  flight  strikes  the  broad  valley  of  the 
Sacramento,  and  then  spreads  southward  through 
the  marshes  and  sloughs  of  the  interior  basin,  south 
to  southern  California.  Return  records  from  birds 
banded  near  Great  Salt  Lake  include  a  considerable 
number  of  green-winged  teal  taken  in  the  region 
outlined  in  California. 

Another  group  of  birds  passes  to  the  eastward,  to 
the  Great  Plains  area,  and  continues  south  to  Texas. 
There  is  indication  that  some  of  the  ducks  that  take 
this  route  fly  north  through  Idaho  to  the  head- 
waters of  the  Missouri,  and  then  follow  down  east 
of  the  foothills  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  At  least, 
I  have  record  of  one  pintail  banded  and  released  at 
the  mouth  of  Bear  River  September  4,  191 6,  which 
was  killed  eleven  days  later  near  Glasgow,  Montana, 
and  there  are  three  returns  of  banded  redheads  from 


Figure  6 

Map  of  part  of  western  North  America  to  show  return  records 
from  ducks  and  other  birds  banded  in  the  Salt  Lake  Valley, 
Utah.  Point  of  release  indicated  by  arrow.  Return  records 
marked  by  dots.  (Courtesy  of  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey.) 


SEASONAL  FLIGHT  OF  DUCKS         187 

Idaho.  There  is  no  reason  to  suppose,  however, 
that  a  majority  of  these  birds  do  not  cross  directly- 
through  the  mountains.  This  southeastern  mi- 
gration seems  to  include  many  pintails,  and  the 
cinnamon  teal  and  redhead. 

Mallards  seem  to  scatter  widely  from  the  point 
of  release.  A  few  remain  in  Utah  through  the 
winter,  where  warm  springs  afford  them  open  feed- 
ing grounds,  as  several  banded  birds  were  taken  in 
December  and  January  in  that  state.  One  was 
killed  in  Owens  Valley,  California,  another  in  south- 
eastern New  Mexico,  one  near  El  Paso,  Texas,  and 
one  near  Houston,  Texas.  These  few  records  indi- 
cate a  wide  variation  in  habit  and  a  wide  range  for 
this  species,  since  some  remain  in  the  north,  some 
cross  to  California,  and  some  migrate  to  the  plains 
regions  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

Pintails  banded  at  this  point  have  shown  a  re- 
markable distribution  having  been  recovered 
throughout  a  wide  range  in  the  west.  A  few  have 
lingered  in  Utah  until  December  and  January, 
though  few  ducks  of  this  species  can  find  suitable 
range  so  far  north.  Many  cross  to  the  interior  val- 
leys of  California,  where  banded  birds  from  Utah 
have  been  taken  from  the  marshes  above  Suisun 
Bay  south  to  the  Imperial  Valley  near  Calipatria. 
Migration  to  California  may  take  place  early,  as 
one  pintail,  released  on  Bear  River  August  20,  was 


1 88  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

killed  near  Dos  Palos,  in  Merced  County,  California, 
on  October  i6.  A  part  of  the  pintails  from  Utah 
travel  to  the  Plains  region  east  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains by  routes  not  easily  understood.  Evidence  at 
hand  indicates  a  flight  to  the  northward  to  the  head 
waters  of  the  Missouri  River,  and  south  over  the 
Great  Plains,  since  one  marked  bird  was  killed  in 
eastern  Montana,  one  in  the  sand-hill  region  of 
Nebraska,  and  another  near  the  Gulf  Coast  of 
Texas.  In  spring  flight  several  of  these  banded 
birds  have  been  taken  in  Oklahoma,  Kansas,  Mis- 
souri, and  Saskatchewan,  indicating  a  flight  north 
through  the  Plains  region,  in  which  the  birds  do  not 
recfoss  the  mountains  to  the  Great  Basin. 

From  the  evidence  presented  it  seems  that  ducks 
concentrate  in  the  Salt  Lake  Valley,  and  from  there 
spread  in  migration  over  the  entire  western  half  of 
the  United  States.  The  region  is  highly  important 
in  the  life  of  many  species,  so  that  it  is  unfortunate 
that,  because  of  man's  diversion  of  water  from 
streams  for  purposes  of  irrigation,  the  bays  inhabited 
by  waterfowl  in  certain  years  become  polluted  with 
alkalis,  so  that  ducks  die  there  by  the  tens  of  thou- 
sands. 

Interesting  data  on  the  movements  of  ducks  from 
other  regions  are  available  through  records  assem- 
bled by  F.  C.  Lincoln  from  banding  operations  under 
the  Biological  Survey.     Of  these,  there   may  be 


SEASONAL  FLIGHT  OF  DUCKS         189 

mentioned  returns  from  black  ducks  banded  by 
H.  S.  Osier  at  Lake  Scugog  in  south  central  Ontario. 
These  returns  divide  into  two  more  or  less  distinct 
groups,  one  from  points  to  the  southward  in  the 
drainage  of  the  Mississippi  Basin,  and  the  second 
from  New  Jersey,  Delaware,  Maryland,  Virginia, 
North  and  South  Carolina  —  pointing  clearly  to  a 
migration  line  directly  to  the  southeast,  which  ap- 
parently may  reach  the  heads  of  Delaware  and 
Chesapeake  bays  and  from  there  spread  southward. 
A  few  returns  from  mallards  indicate  apparently 
similar  lines  of  flight.  It  is  interesting  to  compare 
these  results  with  those  obtained  by  Lincoln  in  a 
large  number  of  mallards  banded  near  Browning,  on 
the  Illinois  River,  in  west  central  Illinois.  Returns 
from  these  have  centred  near  the  Mississippi  River, 
with  extension  to  the  Gulf  coast  of  Texas,  and 
straggling  records  from  Georgia  and  Florida.  From 
Browning  it  appears  that  the  main  flight  is  south, 
with  only  a  few  birds  passing  to  the  southeast. 
Black  ducks  and  mallards  banded  by  J.  Pulitzer  in 
Hancock  County,  Maine,  and  F.  Thompson  at  Bar 
Harbor,  Maine,  have  been  killed  in  the  coastal 
region  to  the  south,  none  as  yet  having  been  secured 
from  the  interior.  The  flight  here  thus  seems  to  fol- 
low the  trend  of  the  coast  to  the  south. 

Migration  of  North  American  ducks  southward 
beyond  the  limits  of  the  United  States  is  of  uncer- 


I90  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

tain  extent.  A  blue-winged  teal  banded  in  Septem- 
ber by  Osier  at  Lake  Scugog,  Ontario,  was  killed  the 
following  December  near  Port  of  Spain,  Trinidad. 
The  species  passes  regularly  south  to  the  West 
Indies  and  to  northern  South  xAmerica,  and  has  been 
recorded  in  Brazil  and  Chile.  Large  numbers  of 
northern  ducks  travel  in  winter  to  suitable  points 
on  the  Mexican  tableland,  so  that  near  the  City  of 
Mexico  they  are  baited  to  small  lakes  and  killed  in 
hundreds  by  armadas — batteries  made  of  a  hun- 
dred or  more  gun  barrels  so  arranged  that  they  may 
be  fired  simultaneously.  Pintails  and  scaup  ducks 
travel  into  the  West  Indies,  and  with  casual  ducks 
of  other  species  range  down  the  eastern  coast  of 
Central  America  as  far  as  Panama.  The  extent  of 
this  migratory  flight  is  not,  however,  definitely 
known. 

Ducks  are  capable  of  flying  long  distances  over 
oceans  also,  as  shovellers  and  pintails  are  regularly 
migrant  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  and  go  south  at 
least  to  the  Line  Islands  near  the  Equator.  They 
have  also  been  recorded  in  the  Marshall  and  Gilbert 
Islands. 

Northward  flights  in  spring  do  not  necessarily 
follow  the  same  lines  pursued  in  autumn,  since,  as 
has  been  said,  pintails  banded  in  the  Salt  Lake 
Valley  have  been  taken  in  spring  in  Saskatchewan. 
It  is  assumed  that  they  migrated  in  autumn,  to 


SEASONAL  FLIGHT  OF  DUCKS         191 

winter  in  the  Mississippi  River  drainage,  and  then 
flew  north  in  spring  through  the  interior.  The 
northward  flight  in  spring  through  the  Mississippi 
Valley  is  much  more  abundant  than  the  southward 
movement  through  the  same  region,  indicating  that 
birds  come  in  converging  lines  to  favorable  winter- 
ing grounds,  where  they  concentrate,  and  then  travel 
north  in  company.  It  is  possible  that  the  difference 
in  spring  and  fall  movement  in  this  area  is  more  ap- 
parent than  real,  since  we  find  in  autumn,  through 
the  Plains  area  in  particular,  that  water  is  scarce,  as 
that  season  of  the  year  is  usually  dry.  This  would 
force  waterbirds  to  drive  on  through  without  stop- 
ping, while  in  spring,  after  the  rains  and  snows  of 
winter,  every  pond  and  slough  is  filled  with  water 
and  offers  attractive  feeding  grounds.  On  rare  oc- 
casions when  early  autumn  rains  fill  the  marshes 
which  normally  at  that  season  are  dry,  the  increase 
in  ducks  in  southward  flight  is  very  noticeable. 
These  birds  undoubtedly  have  what  may  be  termed 
"weather  sense,"  which  draws  them  to  follow  shift- 
ing seasons  that  offer  conditions  in  their  favor.  In 
late  December,  1920, 1  was  engaged  in  field  observa- 
tion in  the  western  pampas  of  Argentina,  in  a  region 
where  no  rain  had  fallen  in  months,  and  where 
lagoons  and  marshes  were  entirely  dry.  One  even- 
ing there  came  a  tremendous  downpour  of  rain,  a 
veritable  flood,  and  on  the  following  morning  I 


192  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

flushed  a  South  American  pintail  from  a  pond  at 
the  edge  of  the  village  where  I  was  stopping.  At 
that  season  males  of  these  ducks  were  travelling 
about  to  some  extent,  and  this  and  other  individ- 
uals, which  arrived  a  day  or  so  later,  came  to  new 
country  as  soon  as  local  conditions  had  become 
favorable  to  them. 

A  northward  flight  through  the  interior  of  North 
America  is  indicated  in  some  ducks  that  come  south 
along  the  North  Atlantic  coast,  as  certain  species 
common  in  that  section  in  autumn  are  almost  ab- 
sent in  spring. 

In  Europe,  on  the  whole,  it  appears  that  ducks 
make  shorter  flights  in  migration  than  in  North 
America  since  the  extremes  of  northern  climate  are 
not  so  great  and  the  birds  do  not  have  so  far  to  move 
to  find  suitable  wintering  range.  Records  from 
western  Europe  from  pintails  banded  by  Professor 
H.  C.  C.  Mortensen  at  the  Island  of  Fano,  on  the 
coast  of  Denmark,  indicate  that  the  birds  migrated 
south  through  the  valley  of  the  Rhine,  and  along 
the  Bay  of  Biscay  south  to  the  northern  shores  of 
the  Mediterranean  Sea  from  Spain  to  Jugoslavia. 
From  this  winter  ground  these  birds  passed  north 
in  spring  into  Lapland,  Finland,  and  northern  Rus- 
sia in  the  vicinity  of  Archangel.  Their  flights  thus 
covered  almost  as  extensive  a  range  as  those  of  the 
American  pintail  spreading  from  a  centralized  area 


SEASONAL  FLIGHT  OF  DUCKS         193 

on  Great  Salt  Lake.  That  sixteen  of  these  banded 
birds  were  recaptured  during  subsequent  autumn 
migrations  at  the  point  where  they  were  originally- 
marked  indicates  that  western  Denmark  is  on  a 
regular  fly  line  for  this  species. 

The  European  green-winged  teal,  in  appearance 
a  close  counterpart  of  our  species,  has  been  found 
in  recent  years  to  be  the  breeding  species  of  the 
Aleutian  Islands,  but  does  not  range  to  the  main- 
land of  Alaska.  Though  common  in  the  Aleutians, 
in  autumn  migration  it  evidently  crosses  to  the 
coast  of  Asia,  as  there  are  no  certain  records  for  it 
in  the  states  of  our  western  coast.  This  bird,  in 
western  Europe,  migrates  south  from  the  Scandi- 
navian peninsula,  to  winter  in  Ireland,  the  south  of 
England,  and  France,  as  shown  by  birds  banded  in 
Denmark,  and  at  two  points  in  England.  A  few  pass 
as  far  as  southern  Spain  and  Italy. 

The  mallard  in  western  Europe  has  somewhat 
different  habits  from  the  two  ducks  just  enumerated, 
since  it  is  strictly  migratory  only  in  the  far  north. 
Large  numbers  of  birds  bred  in  England  and  Ger- 
many either  proved  to  be  strictly  sedentary  or 
moved  only  from  fifty  to  one  hundred  miles  during 
winter.  The  migration  of  this  species  in  western 
Europe  is  later  in  autumn  and  earlier  in  spring  than 
in  North  America.  It  may  be  noted  that  there  is  a 
very  large  form  of  wild  mallard  {Anas  platyrhynchos 
conboschas)  which  remains  in  Greenland. 


194  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

Migratorial  movements  among  some  of  the  native 
ducks  of  southern  South  America  are  regular  with 
the  coming  of  colder  weather.  Males  of  some  of 
these  have  the  habit,  which  has  been  noted  for  other 
species,  of  abandoning  the  female  so  that  these  males 
band  in  large  flocks  in  late  summer.  Their  migra- 
tion may  come  early:  during  the  first  week  in  No- 
vember, in  1920,  I  saw  large  numbers  of  South 
American  pintails  come  from  the  south  into  a  region 
of  marshes  and  lagoons  in  the  eastern  part  of  the 
Province  of  Buenos  Aires,  following  a  tremendous 
storm  of  wind  and  rain  that  flooded  the  country. 
This  flight  continued  morning  and  evening  for  three 
days  and  included  many  thousands  of  birds.  The 
ducks  travelled  in  small  or  large  flocks,  which  flew 
steadily  to  the  northward  only  thirty  to  sixty  yards 
above  the  earth.  During  one  forenoon  I  estimated 
the  total  number  that  passed  my  camp  at  between 
15,000  and  20,000,  and  believed  that  fully  95  per 
cent  of  them  were  males.  Those  that  I  shot  were 
still  in  full  breeding  condition,  indicating  that  they 
had  only  recently  deserted  their  mates.  The  main 
flight  comes  later  in  the  year,  from  March  to  May, 
when  the  hosts  of  young  bred  in  the  south  come  up 
to  winter  in  the  northern  lakes.  At  this  season  the 
birds  are  found  in  tremendous  numbers  in  suitable 
localities. 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS    195 

The  Migrations  of  Some  Other  Birds 

Common  birds  that  do  not  seem  particularly- 
strong  in  flight  in  many  instances  perform  wonder- 
ful migrations  of  which  we  are  only  now  gaining  a 
true  conception.  Flight  seems  so  much  a  matter  of 
custom  and  habit,  that  even  small  birds  are  able  to 
cover  great  distances  without  apparent  over-fatigue 
so  long  as  they  can  obtain  proper  food. 

The  chimney  swift,  found  in  summer  through- 
out the  eastern  half  of  North  America  from  Mani- 
toba and  Quebec  south  to  the  Gulf  coast,  has  long 
been  an  anomaly,  since,  though  abundant  in  num- 
bers, its  winter  home  has  never  been  definitely 
located.  In  autumn,  toward  the  close  of  their  stay, 
the  birds  congregate  at  nightfall  in  large  flocks, 
which  roost  in  certain  selected  chimneys,  or  occa- 
sionally resort  to  some  hollow  tree  after  the  fashion 
of  their  ancestors.  Such  resorts  are  visited  year 
after  year,  and  I  recall  particularly  one  large  hollow 
tree  that  I  knew  in  boyhood,  to  which  these  birds 
came  in  tremendous  numbers  for  a  few  nights  each 
autumn.  Migrant  swifts  pass  south  to  the  Gulf 
coast,  where  for  a  time  they  are  extremely  numerous, 
and  then  disappear,  to  return  at  the  close  of  March, 
and  to  work  slowly  northward  during  April  to  their 
breeding  grounds.  For  many  years  they  were 
wholly  unknown  south  of  our  limits,  but  recently  a 


196  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

few  have  been  recorded  in  April  in  Haiti,  apparently 
in  northward  migration.  We  may  suppose  that 
their  winter  home  is  somewhere  in  the  northern  part 
of  South  America,  though  this  remains  to  be  defi- 
nitely ascertained.  Identification  of  swifts  in 
regions  of  tropical  forest  is  difficult,  as  the  birds  fly 
above  the  trees,  where  they  are  usually  beyond  gun- 
shot. There  are  in  the  Tropics  in  addition,  related 
swifts,  which  can  not  be  distinguished  from  our 
northern  species  except  with  the  birds  close  at  hand, 
which  still  further  complicates  the  case.  In  the 
Tropics  there  are  few  chimneys,  so  that  we  must 
picture  the  chimney  swift  in  winter  returning  to 
former  habits  of  roosting  in  hollow  trees,  as  it  did 
universally  before  the  advent  of  civilized  man.  For 
six  months  of  each  year  then  it  frequents  settlements 
in  the  north,  where  it  nests  and  roosts  in  chimneys, 
or,  casually,  in  barns  and  outbuildings,  while  during 
the  winter  season  it  must  revert  to  the  ancient  cus- 
toms of  its  race,  truly  a  curious  mixture  of  habit. 

Migrations  among  the  strong-winged  nighthawks 
of  North  America  are  of  considerable  interest,  since 
these  birds  show  a  tendency  to  follow  the  general 
direction  of  river  valleys  more  closely  than  there 
would  seem  to  be  need.  Formerly  these  birds  were 
far  more  abundant  than  at  present,  and  for  many 
years  it  was  usual  to  shoot  them  in  wanton  sport, 
especially  during  their  autumn  flights,  a  custom 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS    197 

that  persisted  for  many  years  throughout  the  greater 
part  of  the  eastern  United  States  from  Wisconsin 
to  Florida.  The  birds  were  killed  by  thousands  and 
became  reduced  in  numbers,  since  they  rear  but  one 
brood  with  a  maximum  of  two  young  each  season, 
and  were  unable  to  withstand  the  excessive  drain 
upon  their  number  by  the  constant  shooting  to 
which  they  were  subjected.  On  the  Potomac  River 
above  the  city  of  Washington  the  scanty  autumn 
flight  that  remains  passes  regularly  down-stream 
toward  the  southeast,  a  direction  that  seems  to  be 
held  until  the  birds  pass  beyond  the  limits  of  the 
Piedmont  plateau  and  reach  the  level  expanses  of 
the  Coastal  plain.  A  number  of  years  ago,  while 
studying  the  birds  in  the  plains  region  of  central 
Oklahoma  in  late  May,  I  found  nighthawks  very 
abundant.  Most  of  those  secured  were  of  the  form 
known  as  Howell's  nighthawk  {Chordeiles  m.howelli)^ 
which  bred  locally,  but  among  others  I  secured  three 
specimens  of  the  western  nighthawk  {Chordeiles  m. 
henryi)y  which  nests  in  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  north- 
ern Chihuahua  and  Sonora.  As  the  latter  were  at 
a  point  farther  east  than  ever  previously  recorded, 
we  can  only  suppose  that  they  were  in  migration 
and  were  following  the  course  of  the  South  Canadian 
River  through  Oklahoma  to  its  headwaters  in  the 
mountains  of  New  Mexico.  One  year  in  the  Bighorn 
Basin  in  Wyoming,  I  saw  nighthawks  arriving  from 


198  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

the  north  during  early  June  in  a  line  of  flight  that 
carried  them  up  the  valley  of  the  Big  Horn  River. 
It  would  seem  that  they  may  have  followed  west 
along  the  valley  of  the  Yellowstone  from  the  region 
of  the  Plains,  and  then  turned  off  into  the  valley  of 
the  Big  Horn,  which  flows  to  the  north,  so  that  the 
final  portion  of  their  spring  migration  carried  them 
directly  south  to  their  breeding  area. 

The  migration  flights  of  the  bobolink  possess 
considerable  interest,  since  the  actual  limits  of  the 
winter  home  of  this  species  were  for  some  time 
uncertain.  The  birds  come  north  in  spring,  arriving 
in  middle  latitudes  in  late  April  or  early  May,  with 
the  males  in  handsome,  pied  summer  plumage. 
With  the  settlement  of  the  west  it  appears  that  this 
species  has  greatly  increased  in  numbers  in  that 
section,  if  it  has  not  actually  extended  its  range,  as 
in  the  Gallatin  valley  and  similar  areas  in  north- 
western Montana  it  is  now  common,  though  form- 
erly it  was  very  local  in  occurrence.  After  breeding 
in  northern  meadows  and  hay-fields,  where  the 
musical  songs  and  handsome  appearance  of  the 
males  endear  them  to  all,  these  birds  in  late  summer 
resort  to  marshes  and  grassy  swales,  where  they  pass 
through  a  moult  in  which  the  males  assume  a  dull 
streaked  plumage  like  that  of  their  mates. 

Southward  migration  begins  about  the  middle  of 
August,  with  August  1 8  as  the  average  date  of  arri- 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS    199 

val  from  the  north  in  the  vicinity  of  Washington. 
Though  a  few  straggle  south  into  Colorado  and 
Kansas,  the  majority  of  the  birds  from  the  north- 
west part  of  the  range  travel  to  the  southeast,  so 
that  the  main  flight  passes  east  of  the  Mississippi 
River,  and  concentrates  especially  along  the  tidal 
marshes  of  the  eastern  coast.  When  southward 
flight  begins,  it  comes  with  a  rush  that  distributes 
the  flocks  far  southward,  so  that  on  the  east  coast 
the  birds  arrive  at  suitable  points  in  the  region  from 
Maryland  south  to  Georgia  and  Florida  almost 
simultaneously  at  some  date  between  the  middle  of 
August  and  the  first  of  September.  Bobolinks  in 
flocks  now  frequent  marshes  and  weed-grown  fields 
in  the  lowlands,  and  formerly,  when  rice  was  ex- 
tensively cultivated  in  the  southeast,  were  very 
destructive  to  that  crop.  Where  the  grass  known 
as  wild  rice  {Zizania  palustris)  is  abundant,  the 
birds  gather  in  large  flocks  and,  under  the  name 
of  reed-bird  or  rice-bird,  are  pursued  by  hunters. 
Outside  of  marshes  they  are  seldom  seen  except 
as  their  call  comes  in  morning  and  evening  from 
flocks  passing  overhead.  A  part  of  the  migration 
is  regularly  performed  by  day  in  both  spring  and 
autumn,  so  that  the  arrival  and  passage  of  the 
species  is  easily  noted. 

From   the  Gulf  coast  the   bobolink  crosses   in 
autumn  to  Cuba,  and  from  there  continues  directly 


200  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

across  the  Caribbean  to  northern  South  America, 
and  then  on  southward  to  its  principal  wintering 
ground  in  the  central  portion  of  that  continent. 
During  winter  it  continues  to  frequent  swamps  and 
grass-grown  marshes,  and  seems  to  have  its  centre 
of  abundance  in  the  Chaco,  a  vast  area  of  poorly 
drained,  swampy  land,  with  broad  grass-grown 
savannas,  that  extends  west  of  the  Parana  and 
Paraguay  rivers,  from  northern  Santa  Fe  in  north 
central  Argentina,  north  into  Bolivia  and  Brazil. 
For  untold  years  the  bobolink  had  been  safe  in  this 
winter  home,  as  for  human  neighbors  it  had  only 
scattered  groups  of  Indians  of  nomadic  habit  who, 
though  they  probably  killed  a  few  of  these  birds 
with  throw-sticks  or  other  weapons,  did  not  trouble 
to  exert  themselves  particularly  after  such  small 
game,  and  were  too  few  in  number  to  be  any  serious 
menace.  Within  the  past  ten  years  there  has  begun 
a  change  in  this  condition,  which  is  bound  to  affect 
the  bobolink  sooner  or  later.  Soil  in  the  Chaco  is 
fertile,  and  white  men,  who  entered  it  first  to  obtain 
the  valuable  woods  of  its  forests,  have  now  begun  to 
divide  the  land  and  put  it  under  cultivation.  Since 
the  World  War,  colonization  has  been  especially 
active,  and  great  areas  are  now  settled  where  a  few 
years  ago  the  only  human  inhabitants  were  a  few 
Indians.  Sadly  enough  it  must  be  recorded  that 
the  cultivation  of  rice  has  begun  in  this  area,  and 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS    201 

unquestionably  the  bobolink  will  flock  to  this  crop 
as  it  did  in  former  years  in  the  southeastern  United 
States  when  the  rice  industry  was  at  its  height  in 
that  section.  In  1920  I  heard  some  complaint  of 
it,  and  if  the  rice  industry  increases,  the  bobolink 
will  come  in  for  destruction.  It  must  be  noted  too 
that  many  of  the  colonists  are  from  southern  Europe 
particularly  from  Italy,  and  that  these  peoples,  as 
usual,  have  brought  with  them  to  their  new  homes 
the  custom  prevalent  in  their  native  land  of  con- 
sidering all  small  birds  as  game.  Hunters  in  the 
Chaco  now  kill  all  manner  of  sparrows,  blackbirds, 
and  flycatchers  for  the  pot,  so  that,  as  the  country 
settles,  the  bobolink  will  be  subject  to  toll  from  this 
source.  What  the  final  result  may  be  time  alone 
can  tell,  but  it  is  certain  that  hunting  will  press 
severely  on  the  abundance  and  continuance  of  the 
species. 

The  bobolink  on  reaching  South  America  seems 
to  delay  its  southward  flight.  Todd  has  recorded 
its  arrival  in  the  Santa  Marta  District  of  Colombia 
on  September  11  —  an  indication,  by  the  way,  of 
the  rapidity  with  which  the  species  travels  south, 
since  that  date  represents  a  point  of  maximum 
abundance  for  the  species  in  Maryland  and  Virginia 
—  and  finds  that  it  remains  until  October  14.  Early 
arrivals  come  to  the  Chaco  of  northern  Argentina 
(at  Ocampo,  Santa  Fe)  about  the  first  of  November; 


202  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

but  from  the  little  that  we  know  at  present,  it  ap- 
pears that  flocks  wander  to  a  considerable  extent, 
since  Venturi,  at  the  point  last  mentioned,  records 
a  sudden  increase  in  abundance  about  the  first  of 
January.  In  its  southern  home  the  bobolink  is 
known  to  European  settlers  as  charlatan  from  the 
pied  dress  of  the  male  in  breeding  plumage,  and 
many  are  captured  in  northern  Argentina  by  bird- 
catchers  who  sell  them  throughout  the  country.  I 
saw  them  offered  in  several  Argentine  cities  and 
have  known  of  their  shipment  across  the  mountains 
to  Chile.  In  1925  one  that  had  been  purchased  in 
Valparaiso  was  brought  to  the  National  Zoological 
Park,  in  Washington. 

Harris's  sparrow  (Zonotrichia  querula),  a  species 
allied  to  the  white-crowned  and  white-throated 
sparrows,  but  of  larger  size,  with  throat  marked  with 
black,  is  an  excellent  example  of  a  species  with 
limited  distribution  and  migration.  In  summer  it 
nests  in  a  more  or  less  unknown  region  in  Hud- 
sonian  Zone,  from  Fort  Churchill  on  Hudson's  Bay 
westward,  possibly  to  near  Great  Bear  Lake.  In 
September  and  early  October  it  migrates  south  to  a 
wintering  ground  from  northern  Kansas  south  to 
northern  Texas.  Migration  is  almost  directly  south 
and  extends  only  through  a  comparatively  narrow 
area  along  the  eastern  edge  of  the  Great  Plains. 
Stragglers  come  to  eastern  Colorado  on  the  west 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS    203 

and  central  Wisconsin  and  Illinois  on  the  east,  but 
the  full  migration  centres  through  a  narrow  region 
comprising  eastern  Kansas  and  western  Missouri. 
Here  this  fine  bird  swarms  in  thickets  and  hedgerows 
during  October,  and  again  in  April,  filling  the  air 
with  its  rollicking  whistled  calls.  At  the  height  of 
the  migration  thousands  may  be  seen  in  a  single 
day,  but  outside  this  strip,  which  is  barely  250  miles 
wide,  the  bird  is  casual  or  rare.  The  cause  for  this 
limited  distribution  is  wholly  obscure,  for  areas  at 
either  hand  seem  equally  suited  for  the  needs  of  the 
bird,  which  has  the  habits  of  its  congeners.  No 
other  bird  has  this  distribution,  which  lies  along  the 
lines  where  forms  of  the  eastern  half  of  the  country 
begin  to  disappear  and  those  of  the  west  to  appear. 
To  observers  in  the  eastern  states  the  coming  of 
the  hosts  of  wood  warblers  (Mniotiltidae)  marks  the 
height  of  the  spring  migration.  Trees  and  thickets 
are  filled  with  small  birds,  flitting  among  the  twigs, 
whose  bright  colors,  revealed  by  field  glasses  or  by 
favorable  light  to  the  unaided  eye,  come  as  a  never- 
failing  and  refreshing  surprise.  The  very  fact  that 
more  than  thirty  distinct  species  may  be  seen  in  a 
single  day  adds  to  the  excitement  of  their  identifica- 
tion and  one  never  knows  what  rarity  may  appear 
among  their  ranks.  The  tree-hunting  forms  (mainly 
of  the  genus  Dendroica)  have  the  habit  of  moving 
in  mixed  flocks  which  may  contain  a  dozen  or  twenty 


V-       V, 


t> 


204  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

species,  so  that  one  must  scan  each  individual  to 
make  sure  that  some  species  new  to  the  day's  list 
of  birds  is  not  overlooked.  Their  identification  in 
spring  is  not  difficult,  save  as  it  necessitates  memo- 
rizing the  characters  that  distinguish  a  large  num- 
ber of  forms,  as  at  this  season  males  are  in  breeding 
dress  and  are  marked  by  many  beautiful  patterns, 
which  include  combinations  and  blendings  of  five 
of  the  colors  of  the  spectrum,  blue,  green,  yellow, 
orange,  and  red.  With  these  as  a  base  the  diversity 
of  shade  of  markings  and  mixture  of  colors  is  almost 
endless.  Though  well  marked  in  spring,  in  autumn 
these  same  birds  are  the  despair  of  the  beginner  in 
field  ornithology,  as  the  young  wear  soft  blended 
patterns  and  even  the  adults  have  subdued  their 
brilliant  colors  or  have  discarded  them  for  others 
of  plainer  hue.  Particularly  astonishing  is  the 
change  in  the  chestnut-sided  warbler,  which  in 
spring  has  a  chestnut  line  on  the  sides  and  a  yellow 
crown-cap  and  in  autumn  shows  us  a  greenish  back 
and  a  white  breast,  or  in  the  bay-breasted  warbler, 
which  exchanges  its  handsome  plumage  for  a  duller 
streaked  dress,  in  which  many  individuals  can  be 
distinguished  from  the  related  black-poll  only  by 
the  color  of  the  tarsus  and  feet.  Without  these 
active  sprites,  however,  much  of  the  thrill  of  autumn 
migration  through  eastern  woodlands  would  be  lack- 
ing, as  their  very  elusiveness  makes  our  wood  warb 
lers  the  more  attractive. 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS    205 

The  wood  warblers  are  found  only  in  the  New 
World,  where  they  have  their  centre  of  abundance 
in  North  America.  A  few  are  mainly  sedentary,  as 
is  the  case  with  the  form  of  orange-crowned  warbler 
{Vermivora  celata  sordida),  found  on  the  Santa 
Barbara  Islands  in  California,  which  remains  in 
winter  on  Santa  Catalina,  though  migrants  range 
to  the  mainland  opposite,  even  as  far  as  Haywards 
and  Palo  Alto.  The  yellow-throat  of  Florida 
{Geothlypis  trichas  ignotd)  so  far  as  known  is  entirely 
sedentary,  as  are  the  yellow-throats  in  the  marshes 
of  the  San  Diegan  district  (G.  /.  scirpicola),  and 
those  of  the  vicinity  of  San  Francisco  Bay  (G.  /. 
sinuosa)  in  California. 

The  pine  warbler  of  the  east  withdraws  from  the 
north  to  concentrate  within  the  southern  limits  of 
the  breeding  range,  the  only  one  of  our  species  that 
has  this  habit.  It  breeds  north  into  southern  Can- 
ada, and  in  winter  is  found  north  to  Virginia  and 
Illinois  and,  casually,  farther.  The  few  that  cross 
into  Tamaulipas  in  northeastern  Mexico  are  about 
the  only  ones  that  pass  beyond  the  southern  limits 
of  the  breeding  range. 

The  myrtle  warbler  is  the  only  species  that  seems 
to  be  unaffected  particularly  by  cold,  as,  though  in 
winter  it  is  found  south  to  the  Greater  Antilles, 
Mexico,  and  even  to  Panama,  it  remains  common 
in  the  southern  United  States,  and  winters  regu- 


2o6  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

larly  north  as  far  as  Mason  and  Dixon's  line  or 
even  farther.  Its  western  representative  {Dendroica 
coronata  hooveri)^  which  nests  in  Alaska,  winters  from 
southern  Oregon  through  the  valleys  of  California. 
I  have  seen  the  eastern  form  in  eastern  Kansas  in 
January  during  severely  cold  weather,  and  it  is 
frequently  common  in  the  milder  winter  climate  of 
Washington. 

The  two  forms  of  the  palm  warbler  winter 
regularly  in  the  Gulf  States,  and  in  Florida  are  found 
with  black  and  white,  orange-crowned,  yellow- 
throated,  worm-eating,  parula,  black-throated  blue, 
and  prairie  warblers,  oven-birds,  and  northern 
water-thrushes.  The  black  and  white,  Nashville, 
orange-crowned,  myrtle,  and  sycamore  warblers  are 
found  in  winter  in  southern  Texas,  and  the  orange- 
crowned,  dusky,  Alaska  myrtle,  Audubon's,  Town- 
send's,  and  hermit  warblers  occur  at  that  season  in 
more  or  less  abundance  in  the  lower  portions  of 
California. 

Of  our  North  American  species  and  subspecies,  as 
enumerated  in  the  A.  O.  U.  Checklist  for  1910,  there 
are  22  that  winter  in  the  West  Indies,  44  that  are 
found  in  winter  in  Mexico,  37  in  Central  America, 
and  22  that  reach  South  America.  Four  species 
winter  almost  entirely  in  South  America.  The  ma- 
jority have  an  extended  range,  which  may  cover 
the  area  from  the  Greater  Antilles  and  Mexico  south, 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS    207 

through  Central  America  and  northern  South  Amer- 
ica. Swainson's  warbler  retires  in  winter  to  the 
Island  of  Jamaica,  while  Bachman's  warbler  is 
known  at  that  season  only  in  Cuba.  Kirtland's 
warbler,  which  nests  in  a  limited  area  in  the  state  of 
Michigan,  goes  southeast  to  concentrate  in  the 
Bahamas. 

The  Connecticut  warbler  is  peculiar  for  the  eccen- 
tric migration  route  that  it  follows.  This  bird  breeds 
from  the  northern  peninsula  of  Michigan  to  Mani- 
toba in  a  decidedly  limited  area.  In  autumn  mi- 
gration it  moves  southeast  or  east,  to  cover  the 
area  from  Pennsylvania  to  New  England,  and  then 
follows  south,  east  of  the  Appalachian  Mountains, 
through  Florida  and  the  West  Indies  to  its  winter 
home  in  South  America.  On  its  return  in  spring  it 
passes  again  through  Florida,  but  then  continues  to 
the  northwest,  west  of  the  mountains,  through  the 
eastern  portion  of  the  Mississippi  drainage,  to  its 
nesting  grounds.  In  the  vicinity  of  Washington,  it 
is  found  in  small  numbers  during  the  autumn  in 
dense  growths  of  weeds  or  in  thickets,  but  in  spring 
it  is  so  rare  that  it  has  been  seen  on  few  occasions. 

The  black-poll  warbler  is  of  peculiar  interest  for 
the  length  of  its  migration  route  and  for  the  com- 
parative rapidity  with  which  it  travels.  The  species 
nests  mainly  in  Canada,  from  the  northern  border 
of  tree  growth  in  Labrador  to  Alaska,  and  winters 


2o8  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

entirely  in  South  America,  from  Ecuador  and  Gui- 
ana to  eastern  Brazil.  The  migration  flight  is  per- 
formed through  the  West  Indies,  so  that  birds  from 
the  northwest  and  northeast  converge  toward  Cuba 
in  southward  flight.  Both  spring  and  autumn  move- 
ments are  comparatively  late,  and  in  spring,  when 
the  lazy  song  of  the  black-poll  is  heard,  we  know 
that  the  close  of  migration  is  near  at  hand.  The 
rate  at  which  the  bird  travels  is  rapid,  so  that  for 
its  entire  course  through  the  United  States  it  ad- 
vances at  the  average  rate  of  about  seventy-five 
miles  per  day.  Professor  Cooke  estimates  that  the 
final  spring  flight  through  northwestern  Canada 
proceeds  at  an  average  rate  of  two  hundred  miles 
per  day. 

Much  of  the  migration  of  wood  warblers  is  per- 
formed by  night,  but  in  spring  or  autumn  we  often 
find  mixed  flocks  feeding  along  through  tree  growth 
in  the  general  direction  in  which  migration  is  pro- 
ceeding. At  times,  late  in  the  autumn,  this  move- 
ment is  especially  noticeable,  and  often  warblers 
come  flying  in  from  the  north,  to  work  hurriedly 
through  the  trees  for  a  few  moments  and  then,  with 
soft  calls,  rise  and  pass  on  out  of  sight  to  the  south. 
Feeding  flocks  move  rapidly  in  the  same  direction, 
so  that  the  distance  covered  in  the  course  of  early 
morning  and  late  afternoon,  when  the  birds  are 
particularly  active,  must  be  considerable.    Flights 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS    209 

of  warblers  have  been  seen  also  crossing  ocean 
waters  during  the  day.  C.  J.  Maynard,  at  the  close 
of  April  in  1884,  while  sailing  through  the  Bahamas, 
recorded  a  considerable  flight  of  warblers,  most  of 
them  blackpolls,  which  were  passing  from  the  south- 
east. The  birds  were  flying  low,  from  six  to  twenty 
feet  above  the  surface,  and  passed  in  little  bands 
containing  from  two  or  three  to  one  hundred  in- 
dividuals. They  were  flying  against  a  northerly 
wind,  which  increased  until  it  was  quite  violent, 
yet  warblers  continued  to  arrive  and  depart  in  great 
numbers  from  a  small  islet  of  two  acres  extent.  This 
flight  continued  from  April  27  to  29,  a  period  of 
three  days,  during  which  many  thousands  of  warb- 
lers passed.  Maynard  considered  his  centre  of  ob- 
servation on  Leaf  Key  as  a  point  in  a  wide  area 
through  which  this  migration  was  passing,  so  that 
the  total  flight  during  these  three  days  was  truly 
enormous.  Dr.  F.  M.  Chapman  has  also  noted 
day-flying  flocks  in  early  May,  in  crossing  from 
Miami  to  the  Biminis. 

Mortality  among  these  sea  voyagers  must  be 
tremendous.  Maynard  speaks  of  finding  several 
dead  in  the  water  or  on  shore  where  they  had  fallen. 
Ships  passing  through  these  areas  are  frequently 
used  as  havens  of  rest,  and  I  have  observed  that 
many  of  the  small  birds  that  come  to  them  seem 
utterly  exhausted  so  that  they  may  be  captured  in 
the  hand. 


210  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

The  clifF  swallow^  whose  range  covers  the  greater 
part  of  North  America  from  Mexico  north  to  Canada 
and  Alaska,  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  coasts, 
has  a  peculiar  line  of  migration  flight,  as  birds  from 
the  east  migrate  westward,  so  that  the  species 
seems  to  go  around  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  instead  of 
across  it.  This  line,  followed  in  spring  as  well  as  in 
autumn,  accounts  for  the  belated  arrival  of  the 
species  on  the  eastern  coast,  and  may  possibly  have 
some  connection  with  its  rarity  in  recent  years  in 
eastern  Maryland  and  adjacent  areas.  Its  line  of 
flight  is  the  more  peculiar  since  barn  swallows  cross 
regularly  through  Cuba  and  other  Antillean  islands 
to  the  mainland  of  South  America.  The  cliff  swallow 
in  its  chosen  route  is  not  governed  by  any  dislike 
of  prolonged  flight,  since  after  it  reaches  Panama  it 
may  continue  south  into  Argentina. 

Some  observations  on  the  spread  of  the  common 
starling  are  of  interest.  It  has  been  learned  through 
banded  birds  that  there  is  pronounced  migration  in 
this  species  from  the  Scandinavian  Peninsula,  Fin- 
land, and  western  Russia,  south  or  sometimes  south- 
west, since  birds  from  this  region,  including  north- 
ern Germany,  have  been  taken  in  winter  in  Great 
Britain.  Birds  from  Germany  have  migrated  also 
into  Spain,  Italy,  and  even  Tunis  in  northern  Africa. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  breeding  starling  of  England 
seems  to  be  rather  strictly  sedentary,  since  of  a  con- 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS     211 

siderable  number  banded  returns  have  come  from 
comparatively  near  to  where  the  birds  were  marked, 
only  a  few  having  crossed  to  Ireland,  and  one  to 
the  coast  of  France.  Many  have  been  taken  in 
winter  in  the  same  locality  where  they  were  banded 
as  nestlings.  It  appears  then  that  northern  starlings 
are  migrant,  while  those  of  more  temperate  climate 
are  usually  resident. 

In  the  United  States  successful  introduction  of 
the  starling  was  made  in  two  importations  released 
in  Central  Park  in  New  York  City,  one  of  eighty 
birds  in  April,  1890,  and  one  of  forty  birds  in  March, 
1 891.  The  point  of  origin  of  these  is  not  definitely 
known,  so  that  it  cannot  be  said  whether  they  were 
of  migratory  or  non-migratory  stock.  It  required 
ten  years  for  the  starling  to  establish  itself  firmly 
in  New  York  City  in  the  vicinity  of  Central  Park, 
but  since  1900  the  spread  of  the  species  has  been 
regular  (see  Fig.  7).  In  its  dispersal  the  starling 
seems  to  have  been  largely  vagrant,  though  until 
1 914  it  remained  in  the  main  near  the  coast,  and  not 
until  1 91 6  was  there  pronounced  inland  invasion. 
Since  that  time  it  has  moved  rapidly  westward, 
until  it  has  crossed  the  mountains  with  outpost 
breeding  colonies,  and  will  unquestionably  spread 
rapidly  through  the  Mississippi  Valley.  It  is  inter- 
esting to  note  that  until  1920  the  distances  travelled 
north  and  south  from  the  centre  of  original  dis- 


212  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

persal  at  New  York  are  almost  identical,  as  in  that 
year  it  was  breeding  north  to  the  coast  of  central 
Maine  and  south  to  northeastern  North  Carolina. 
This  indicates  a  concentric  dispersal  in  these  two 
directions,  though  one  would  naturally  suppose  that 
the  bird  would  travel  more  rapidly  toward  the  south. 
There  is  evident  wandering  in  late  autumn  and 
winter,  so  that  casual  occurrences  have  been  re- 
corded recently  from  Wisconsin,  Illinois,  Tennessee, 
and  Mississippi.  It  is  usually  several  years  before 
breeding  colonies  are  established  in  new  regions.  At 
Washington,  D.  C,  in  November,  1913,  a  flock  of 
several  hundred  arrived  preceding  a  storm  from  the 
north,  and  spent  all  one  afternoon  in  whirling  in  the 
wonderful  evolutions  customary  to  this  species  back 
and  forth  over  the  Mall.  Individuals  were  recorded 
all  through  the  winter,  but  it  was  several  years  be- 
fore the  bird  became  established  commonly  as  a 
breeding  species.  Now  it  is  nesting  all  through  the 
country  in  near-by  Virginia  and  Maryland.  In  the 
United  States  the  starling  does  not  seem  to  have 
established  any  regular  migratory  habits,  but  seems 
to  wander  at  random.  It  has  been  believed  that  a 
certain  number  have  been  carried  southward  in 
migrant  flocks  of  grackles,  cowbirds,  or  red-winged 
blackbirds,  as  starlings  in  autumn  frequently  roost 
with  these  species.  This  method  of  dispersal  may 
be  probable  in  some  cases,  though  it  cannot  be  con- 


Figure  7 

Breeding  range  of  the  European  starling  in  North  America  to  1922. 

The  species  was  originally  introduced  in  New  York  City. 

(Courtesy  of  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey.) 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS     213 

sidered  as  usual  as  has  been  supposed.  The  flight  of 
the  starling  is  so  much  more  rapid  than  that  of  the 
blackbirds  that  it  would  be  difficult  for  it  to  accom- 
pany them  for  great  distances.  The  blackbirds  in 
question  habitually  fly  from  22  to  28  miles  per  hour, 
while  the  starling  as  regularly  travels  at  a  rate  of 
38  to  49  miles  per  hour.  The  two  speeds  are  so  in- 
compatible that  it  might  be  difficult  for  the  species 
to  keep  together  in  prolonged  flight.  Furthermore, 
if  starlings  were  to  begin  migration  with  flocks  of 
grackles,  there  would  be  no  incentive  for  them  to 
drop  out  en  route,  as  they  would  naturally  accom- 
pany the  other  birds  to  the  far  south.  If  this  method 
had  been  used  in  their  dispersal,  it  is  natural  to  sup- 
pose that  they  would  have  appeared  early  in  the 
southern  winter  quarters  of  the  blackbirds  under 
discussion,  which,  as  has  been  said,  is  not  the  case 
since  the  starling  has  spread  gradually  to  the  south- 
ward. 

The  migratory  quail,  already  mentioned  as  a 
source  of  food  to  the  starving  Israelites  during  the 
exodus,  comes  south  toward  Africa  in  September 
in  enormous  numbers,  when  immense  quantities 
are  captured  in  nets  for  food.  The  birds  are  crowded 
into  low  narrow  cages  often  so  closely  that  they  can 
barely  stir,  with  the  crates  darkened  to  prevent 
fighting,  and  are  sent  alive  to  market.  From  the 
shoreb  of  the  Mediterranean  tens  of  thousands  have 


214  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

been  shipped  to  large  cities,  and  it  is  said  that  in 
one  year  five  million  were  shipped  to  England  from 
Egypt.  The  birds  often  appear  very  tired  on  arrival 
after  migration  in  their  winter  home,  and  at  times 
descend  in  large  numbers  to  alight  on  ships,  though 
we  may  hardly  credit  the  tale  of  an  ancient  historian 
who  averred  that  they  fell  upon  ships  until  the  boats 
were  swamped  and  sunk. 

Migration  among  sea-birds  is  a  matter  of  much 
interest.  In  the  outer  islands  of  the  Hawaiian  chain, 
there  is  found  a  series  of  islets  given  over  almost  en- 
tirely to  birds,  turtles,  and  seals;  except  for  a  cable 
station  at  the  atoll  known  as  Midway,  there  are 
now  no  permanent  human  inhabitants.  Birds,  how- 
ever, have  occupied  these  islands  for  a  great  many 
years,  and  gather  there  annually  in  tremendous 
colonies.  Laysan  Island,  850  miles  northwest  of 
Honolulu,  is  the  most  famous  of  these  island  rook- 
eries, since  it  became  known  early  through  the  value 
of  its  deposits  of  guano.  To  Laysan  at  the  close  of 
October  and  in  early  November  each  year  come 
thousands  of  Laysan  and  sooty  albatross  to  mate 
and  rear  their  young.  The  chicks,  as  woolly  as 
lambs,  one  in  a  family,  are  slow  in  development,  so 
that  they  do  not  attain  their  growth  until  May  or 
June.  The  parents  care  for  them  assiduously  until 
summer,  when  the  young  are  grown  but  are  still 
unable  to  fly,  and  then  wander  off  to  sea,  leaving 


THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  OTHER  BIRDS    215 

the  young  to  their  own  devices.  For  several  weeks 
these  immature  birds  wander  about,  without  food, 
living  on  the  fat  stored  over  the  body  during  the 
previous  period  of  care,  and  finally  teach  themselves 
to  fly  by  extending  their  growing  wings  in  the  steady 
sweep  of  the  trade  winds.  When  strong  on  the  wing, 
they  too  leave  the  vicinity,  so  that  after  June  it  is 
rare  to  see  an  albatross  near  the  breeding  station. 
All  are  wandering  at  sea  far  from  any  land.  Whether 
their  migration  is  regular  or  nomadic  we  may  only 
conjecture.  Their  return  is  regular,  and  we  may 
marvel  at  the  means  by  which  they  are  able  to  find 
again  the  isolated  islands  on  which  they  breed. 
Their  migration  is  similar  in  its  performance  to 
that  of  land  birds,  except  that  the  birds  may  possibly 
not  move  in  any  stated  direction;  but  it  is  performed 
under  wholly  different  conditions.  The  wanderings 
of  the  Laysan  albatross  are  unknown,  but  the  sooty 
albatross  is  seen  following  ships  throughout  much  of 
the  North  Pacific,  north  to  the  Gulf  of  Alaska  and 
the  Aleutian  Islands.  It  appears  that  a  certain 
number  do  not  nest  each  year,  since  some  of  the 
birds  are  found  in  small  numbers  in  these  distant 
waters  when  the  majority  of  the  species  is  in  breed- 
ing quarters. 

We  are  accustomed  to  think  of  autumn  migration 
in  the  northern  hemisphere  as  always  towards  the 
south,  except  for  post-breeding  wandering  in  late 


2i6  THE  MIGRATIONS  OF  BIRDS 

summer  in  herons  and  a  few  others,  which  is  followed 
by  a  retreat  south  with  the  coming  of  cold  weather. 
The  various  races  of  the  large-billed  sparrow  {Pas- 
serculus  rostratus)  follow  an  unusual  course,  which 
is  an  exception  to  the  general  rule.  For  many  years 
they  were  recorded  along  the  southwestern  coast  of 
California  and  in  Lower  California,  but  their  breed- 
ing place  was  unknown.  Recently  it  has  been  dis- 
covered that  the  species  as  a  whole  nests  from  the 
mouth  of  the  Colorado  River  south  to  the  western 
coast  of  Lower  California,  and  that  in  autumn,  from 
this  restricted  breeding  range,  it  migrates  in  part 
south  along  the  coast  of  Lower  California  and  Mex- 
ico, and  in  part  north  along  the  coast  of  California^ 
as  it  is  common  on  the  coastal  marshes  of  Los 
Angeles  County  and  comes  north  regularly  as  far 
as  Santa  Barbara.  A  large  number  of  individuals 
thus  pass  the  winter  a  considerable  distance  north 
of  their  breeding  ground.  No  other  perching  bird 
in  the  North  American  avifauna  is  known  to  have 
this  habit. 

Heermann's  gull  of  the  western  coast  has  a  some- 
what similar  migration,  as  it  breeds  on  islands  in  the 
Gulf  of  California  and  on  the  western  coast  of  Ja- 
lisco, and  then  migrates  north  as  far  as  Vancouver 
Island  in  British  Columbia. 


CONCLUSION  217 

Conclusion 

In  concluding  these  observations,  we  may  define 
migration  among  birds  briefly  as  advance  and  retreat 
with  fluctuation  in  conditions  favorable  to  the  vari- 
ous species.  Each  form  has  its  own  reaction  to  its 
environment,  so  that  the  movement  found  in  migrant 
forms  differs  widely,  and  seldom  do  two  present  the 
same  picture.  Dr.  J.  Grinnell  ^  has  defined  migra- 
tion as  "a  phase  of  distribution  wherein  more  or 
less  regular  seasonal  shifting  of  population  takes 
place  in  response  to  precisely  the  same  factors  as 
hem  in  the  ranges  of  sedentary  species.''  It  appears 
that  the  beginnings  of  the  present  instinct  for  mi- 
gration, and  the  habit  of  its  continuance,  are  so 
ancient  that  they  are  wholly  obscure  and  may  be 
interpreted  only  in  terms  of  present  conditions.  The 
underlying  cause  is  certainly  complex  and  is  due  to 
multiple  factors.  We  have  in  the  past  fifty  years 
cleared  away  many  uncertainties  regarding  it,  but 
must  look  to  the  future  to  explain  definitely  the 
basic  reasons  for  the  institution  of  migration  (par- 
ticularly in  species  that  seem  to  have  no  need  for 
seasonal  movement),  the  cause  of  the  varying 
length  of  the  journey  in  different  forms,  and  the 
method  of  orientation  followed  in  pursuing  flight 
over  courses  which,  to  young  individuals  at  least, 
are  unknown. 

'  Auk,  1922,  pp.  379-380.